tcc.c

   1 /*
   2  *  TCC - Tiny C Compiler
   3  *
   4  *  Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Fabrice Bellard
   5  *
   6  * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   7  * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   8  * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   9  * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
  10  *
  11  * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  12  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  13  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
  14  * Lesser General Public License for more details.
  15  *
  16  * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
  17  * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
  18  * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
  19  */
  20 #define _GNU_SOURCE
  21 #include "config.h"
  22
  23 #ifdef CONFIG_TCCBOOT
  24
  25 #include "tccboot.h"
  26 #define CONFIG_TCC_STATIC
  27
  28 #else
  29
  30 #include <stdlib.h>
  31 #include <stdio.h>
  32 #include <stdarg.h>
  33 #include <string.h>
  34 #include <errno.h>
  35 #include <math.h>
  36 #include <unistd.h>
  37 #include <signal.h>
  38 #include <fcntl.h>
  39 #include <setjmp.h>
  40 #include <time.h>
  41 #ifdef _WIN32
  42 #include <sys/timeb.h>
  43 #include <windows.h>
  44 #endif
  45 #ifndef _WIN32
  46 #include <sys/time.h>
  47 #include <sys/ucontext.h>
  48 #include <sys/mman.h>
  49 #endif
  50
  51 #endif /* !CONFIG_TCCBOOT */
  52
  53 #ifndef PAGESIZE
  54 #define PAGESIZE 4096
  55 #endif
  56
  57 #include "elf.h"
  58 #include "stab.h"
  59
  60 #ifndef O_BINARY
  61 #define O_BINARY 0
  62 #endif
  63
  64 #include "libtcc.h"
  65
  66 /* parser debug */
  67 //#define PARSE_DEBUG
  68 /* preprocessor debug */
  69 //#define PP_DEBUG
  70 /* include file debug */
  71 //#define INC_DEBUG
  72
  73 //#define MEM_DEBUG
  74
  75 /* assembler debug */
  76 //#define ASM_DEBUG
  77
  78 /* target selection */
  79 //#define TCC_TARGET_I386   /* i386 code generator */
  80 //#define TCC_TARGET_ARM    /* ARMv4 code generator */
  81 //#define TCC_TARGET_C67    /* TMS320C67xx code generator */
  82
  83 /* default target is I386 */
  84 #if !defined(TCC_TARGET_I386) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && \
  85     !defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
  86 #define TCC_TARGET_I386
  87 #endif
  88
  89 #if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(TCC_UCLIBC) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && \
  90     !defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
  91 #define CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK /* enable bound checking code */
  92 #endif
  93
  94 #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_PE)
  95 #define CONFIG_TCC_STATIC
  96 #endif
  97
  98 /* define it to include assembler support */
  99 #if !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
 100 #define CONFIG_TCC_ASM
 101 #endif
 102
 103 /* object format selection */
 104 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
 105 #define TCC_TARGET_COFF
 106 #endif
 107
 108 #define FALSE 0
 109 #define false 0
 110 #define TRUE 1
 111 #define true 1
 112 typedef int BOOL;
 113
 114 /* path to find crt1.o, crti.o and crtn.o. Only needed when generating
 115    executables or dlls */
 116 #define CONFIG_TCC_CRT_PREFIX CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/lib"
 117
 118 #define INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE  32
 119 #define IFDEF_STACK_SIZE    64
 120 #define VSTACK_SIZE         256
 121 #define STRING_MAX_SIZE     1024
 122 #define PACK_STACK_SIZE     8
 123
 124 #define TOK_HASH_SIZE       8192 /* must be a power of two */
 125 #define TOK_ALLOC_INCR      512  /* must be a power of two */
 126 #define TOK_MAX_SIZE        4 /* token max size in int unit when stored in string */
 127
 128 /* token symbol management */
 129 typedef struct TokenSym {
 130     struct TokenSym *hash_next;
 131     struct Sym *sym_define; /* direct pointer to define */
 132     struct Sym *sym_label; /* direct pointer to label */
 133     struct Sym *sym_struct; /* direct pointer to structure */
 134     struct Sym *sym_identifier; /* direct pointer to identifier */
 135     int tok; /* token number */
 136     int len;
 137     char str[1];
 138 } TokenSym;
 139
 140 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
 141 typedef unsigned short nwchar_t;
 142 #else
 143 typedef int nwchar_t;
 144 #endif
 145
 146 typedef struct CString {
 147     int size; /* size in bytes */
 148     void *data; /* either 'char *' or 'nwchar_t *' */
 149     int size_allocated;
 150     void *data_allocated; /* if non NULL, data has been malloced */
 151 } CString;
 152
 153 /* type definition */
 154 typedef struct CType {
 155     int t;
 156     struct Sym *ref;
 157 } CType;
 158
 159 /* constant value */
 160 typedef union CValue {
 161     long double ld;
 162     double d;
 163     float f;
 164     int i;
 165     unsigned int ui;
 166     unsigned int ul; /* address (should be unsigned long on 64 bit cpu) */
 167     long long ll;
 168     unsigned long long ull;
 169     struct CString *cstr;
 170     void *ptr;
 171     int tab[1];
 172 } CValue;
 173
 174 /* value on stack */
 175 typedef struct SValue {
 176     CType type;      /* type */
 177     unsigned short r;      /* register + flags */
 178     unsigned short r2;     /* second register, used for 'long long'
 179                               type. If not used, set to VT_CONST */
 180     CValue c;              /* constant, if VT_CONST */
 181     struct Sym *sym;       /* symbol, if (VT_SYM | VT_CONST) */
 182 } SValue;
 183
 184 /* symbol management */
 185 typedef struct Sym {
 186     int v;    /* symbol token */
 187     int r;    /* associated register */
 188     int c;    /* associated number */
 189     CType type;    /* associated type */
 190     struct Sym *next; /* next related symbol */
 191     struct Sym *prev; /* prev symbol in stack */
 192     struct Sym *prev_tok; /* previous symbol for this token */
 193 } Sym;
 194
 195 /* section definition */
 196 /* XXX: use directly ELF structure for parameters ? */
 197 /* special flag to indicate that the section should not be linked to
 198    the other ones */
 199 #define SHF_PRIVATE 0x80000000
 200
 201 typedef struct Section {
 202     unsigned long data_offset; /* current data offset */
 203     unsigned char *data;       /* section data */
 204     unsigned long data_allocated; /* used for realloc() handling */
 205     int sh_name;             /* elf section name (only used during output) */
 206     int sh_num;              /* elf section number */
 207     int sh_type;             /* elf section type */
 208     int sh_flags;            /* elf section flags */
 209     int sh_info;             /* elf section info */
 210     int sh_addralign;        /* elf section alignment */
 211     int sh_entsize;          /* elf entry size */
 212     unsigned long sh_size;   /* section size (only used during output) */
 213     unsigned long sh_addr;      /* address at which the section is relocated */
 214     unsigned long sh_offset;    /* file offset */
 215     int nb_hashed_syms;      /* used to resize the hash table */
 216     struct Section *link;    /* link to another section */
 217     struct Section *reloc;   /* corresponding section for relocation, if any */
 218     struct Section *hash;     /* hash table for symbols */
 219     struct Section *next;
 220     char name[1];           /* section name */
 221 } Section;
 222
 223 typedef struct DLLReference {
 224     int level;
 225     void *handle;
 226     char name[1];
 227 } DLLReference;
 228
 229 /* GNUC attribute definition */
 230 typedef struct AttributeDef {
 231     int aligned;
 232     int packed;
 233     Section *section;
 234     int func_attr; /* calling convention, exports, ... */
 235 } AttributeDef;
 236
 237 /* -------------------------------------------------- */
 238 /* gr: wrappers for casting sym->r for other purposes */
 239 typedef struct {
 240     unsigned
 241       func_call : 8,
 242       func_args : 8,
 243       func_export : 1;
 244 } func_attr_t;
 245
 246 #define FUNC_CALL(r) (((func_attr_t*)&(r))->func_call)
 247 #define FUNC_EXPORT(r) (((func_attr_t*)&(r))->func_export)
 248 #define FUNC_ARGS(r) (((func_attr_t*)&(r))->func_args)
 249 #define INLINE_DEF(r) (*(int **)&(r))
 250 /* -------------------------------------------------- */
 251
 252 #define SYM_STRUCT     0x40000000 /* struct/union/enum symbol space */
 253 #define SYM_FIELD      0x20000000 /* struct/union field symbol space */
 254 #define SYM_FIRST_ANOM 0x10000000 /* first anonymous sym */
 255
 256 /* stored in 'Sym.c' field */
 257 #define FUNC_NEW       1 /* ansi function prototype */
 258 #define FUNC_OLD       2 /* old function prototype */
 259 #define FUNC_ELLIPSIS  3 /* ansi function prototype with ... */
 260
 261 /* stored in 'Sym.r' field */
 262 #define FUNC_CDECL     0 /* standard c call */
 263 #define FUNC_STDCALL   1 /* pascal c call */
 264 #define FUNC_FASTCALL1 2 /* first param in %eax */
 265 #define FUNC_FASTCALL2 3 /* first parameters in %eax, %edx */
 266 #define FUNC_FASTCALL3 4 /* first parameter in %eax, %edx, %ecx */
 267 #define FUNC_FASTCALLW 5 /* first parameter in %ecx, %edx */
 268
 269 /* field 'Sym.t' for macros */
 270 #define MACRO_OBJ      0 /* object like macro */
 271 #define MACRO_FUNC     1 /* function like macro */
 272
 273 /* field 'Sym.r' for C labels */
 274 #define LABEL_DEFINED  0 /* label is defined */
 275 #define LABEL_FORWARD  1 /* label is forward defined */
 276 #define LABEL_DECLARED 2 /* label is declared but never used */
 277
 278 /* type_decl() types */
 279 #define TYPE_ABSTRACT  1 /* type without variable */
 280 #define TYPE_DIRECT    2 /* type with variable */
 281
 282 #define IO_BUF_SIZE 8192
 283
 284 typedef struct BufferedFile {
 285     uint8_t *buf_ptr;
 286     uint8_t *buf_end;
 287     int fd;
 288     int line_num;    /* current line number - here to simplify code */
 289     int ifndef_macro;  /* #ifndef macro / #endif search */
 290     int ifndef_macro_saved; /* saved ifndef_macro */
 291     int *ifdef_stack_ptr; /* ifdef_stack value at the start of the file */
 292     char inc_type;          /* type of include */
 293     char inc_filename[512]; /* filename specified by the user */
 294     char filename[1024];    /* current filename - here to simplify code */
 295     unsigned char buffer[IO_BUF_SIZE + 1]; /* extra size for CH_EOB char */
 296 } BufferedFile;
 297
 298 #define CH_EOB   '\\'       /* end of buffer or '\0' char in file */
 299 #define CH_EOF   (-1)   /* end of file */
 300
 301 /* parsing state (used to save parser state to reparse part of the
 302    source several times) */
 303 typedef struct ParseState {
 304     int *macro_ptr;
 305     int line_num;
 306     int tok;
 307     CValue tokc;
 308 } ParseState;
 309
 310 /* used to record tokens */
 311 typedef struct TokenString {
 312     int *str;
 313     int len;
 314     int allocated_len;
 315     int last_line_num;
 316 } TokenString;
 317
 318 /* include file cache, used to find files faster and also to eliminate
 319    inclusion if the include file is protected by #ifndef ... #endif */
 320 typedef struct CachedInclude {
 321     int ifndef_macro;
 322     int hash_next; /* -1 if none */
 323     char type; /* '"' or '>' to give include type */
 324     char filename[1]; /* path specified in #include */
 325 } CachedInclude;
 326
 327 #define CACHED_INCLUDES_HASH_SIZE 512
 328
 329 /* parser */
 330 static struct BufferedFile *file;
 331 static int ch, tok;
 332 static CValue tokc;
 333 static CString tokcstr; /* current parsed string, if any */
 334 /* additional informations about token */
 335 static int tok_flags;
 336 #define TOK_FLAG_BOL   0x0001 /* beginning of line before */
 337 #define TOK_FLAG_BOF   0x0002 /* beginning of file before */
 338 #define TOK_FLAG_ENDIF 0x0004 /* a endif was found matching starting #ifdef */
 339 #define TOK_FLAG_EOF   0x0008 /* end of file */
 340
 341 static int *macro_ptr, *macro_ptr_allocated;
 342 static int *unget_saved_macro_ptr;
 343 static int unget_saved_buffer[TOK_MAX_SIZE + 1];
 344 static int unget_buffer_enabled;
 345 static int parse_flags;
 346 #define PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS 0x0001 /* activate preprocessing */
 347 #define PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM    0x0002 /* return numbers instead of TOK_PPNUM */
 348 #define PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED   0x0004 /* line feed is returned as a
 349                                         token. line feed is also
 350                                         returned at eof */
 351 #define PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS 0x0008 /* '#' can be used for line comment */
 352
 353 static Section *text_section, *data_section, *bss_section; /* predefined sections */
 354 static Section *cur_text_section; /* current section where function code is
 355                               generated */
 356 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
 357 static Section *last_text_section; /* to handle .previous asm directive */
 358 #endif
 359 /* bound check related sections */
 360 static Section *bounds_section; /* contains global data bound description */
 361 static Section *lbounds_section; /* contains local data bound description */
 362 /* symbol sections */
 363 static Section *symtab_section, *strtab_section;
 364
 365 /* debug sections */
 366 static Section *stab_section, *stabstr_section;
 367
 368 /* loc : local variable index
 369    ind : output code index
 370    rsym: return symbol
 371    anon_sym: anonymous symbol index
 372 */
 373 static int rsym, anon_sym, ind, loc;
 374 /* expression generation modifiers */
 375 static int const_wanted; /* true if constant wanted */
 376 static int nocode_wanted; /* true if no code generation wanted for an expression */
 377 static int global_expr;  /* true if compound literals must be allocated
 378                             globally (used during initializers parsing */
 379 static CType func_vt; /* current function return type (used by return
 380                          instruction) */
 381 static int func_vc;
 382 static int last_line_num, last_ind, func_ind; /* debug last line number and pc */
 383 static int tok_ident;
 384 static TokenSym **table_ident;
 385 static TokenSym *hash_ident[TOK_HASH_SIZE];
 386 static char token_buf[STRING_MAX_SIZE + 1];
 387 static char *funcname;
 388 static Sym *global_stack, *local_stack;
 389 static Sym *define_stack;
 390 static Sym *global_label_stack, *local_label_stack;
 391 /* symbol allocator */
 392 #define SYM_POOL_NB (8192 / sizeof(Sym))
 393 static Sym *sym_free_first;
 394 static void **sym_pools;
 395 static int nb_sym_pools;
 396
 397 static SValue vstack[VSTACK_SIZE], *vtop;
 398 /* some predefined types */
 399 static CType char_pointer_type, func_old_type, int_type;
 400 /* true if isid(c) || isnum(c) */
 401 static unsigned char isidnum_table[256-CH_EOF];
 402
 403 /* display some information during compilation */
 404 static int verbose = 0;
 405
 406 /* compile with debug symbol (and use them if error during execution) */
 407 static int do_debug = 0;
 408
 409 /* compile with built-in memory and bounds checker */
 410 static int do_bounds_check = 0;
 411
 412 /* display benchmark infos */
 413 #if !defined(LIBTCC)
 414 static int do_bench = 0;
 415 #endif
 416 static int total_lines;
 417 static int total_bytes;
 418
 419 /* use GNU C extensions */
 420 static int gnu_ext = 1;
 421
 422 /* use Tiny C extensions */
 423 static int tcc_ext = 1;
 424
 425 /* max number of callers shown if error */
 426 static int num_callers = 6;
 427 static const char **rt_bound_error_msg;
 428
 429 /* XXX: get rid of this ASAP */
 430 static struct TCCState *tcc_state;
 431
 432 /* give the path of the tcc libraries */
 433 static const char *tcc_lib_path = CONFIG_TCCDIR;
 434
 435 struct TCCState {
 436     int output_type;
 437
 438     BufferedFile **include_stack_ptr;
 439     int *ifdef_stack_ptr;
 440
 441     /* include file handling */
 442     char **include_paths;
 443     int nb_include_paths;
 444     char **sysinclude_paths;
 445     int nb_sysinclude_paths;
 446     CachedInclude **cached_includes;
 447     int nb_cached_includes;
 448
 449     char **library_paths;
 450     int nb_library_paths;
 451
 452     /* array of all loaded dlls (including those referenced by loaded
 453        dlls) */
 454     DLLReference **loaded_dlls;
 455     int nb_loaded_dlls;
 456
 457     /* sections */
 458     Section **sections;
 459     int nb_sections; /* number of sections, including first dummy section */
 460
 461     /* got handling */
 462     Section *got;
 463     Section *plt;
 464     unsigned long *got_offsets;
 465     int nb_got_offsets;
 466     /* give the correspondance from symtab indexes to dynsym indexes */
 467     int *symtab_to_dynsym;
 468
 469     /* temporary dynamic symbol sections (for dll loading) */
 470     Section *dynsymtab_section;
 471     /* exported dynamic symbol section */
 472     Section *dynsym;
 473
 474     int nostdinc; /* if true, no standard headers are added */
 475     int nostdlib; /* if true, no standard libraries are added */
 476
 477     int nocommon; /* if true, do not use common symbols for .bss data */
 478
 479     /* if true, static linking is performed */
 480     int static_link;
 481
 482     /* soname as specified on the command line (-soname) */
 483     const char *soname;
 484
 485     /* if true, all symbols are exported */
 486     int rdynamic;
 487
 488     /* if true, only link in referenced objects from archive */
 489     int alacarte_link;
 490
 491     /* address of text section */
 492     unsigned long text_addr;
 493     int has_text_addr;
 494
 495     /* output format, see TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_xxx */
 496     int output_format;
 497
 498     /* C language options */
 499     int char_is_unsigned;
 500     int leading_underscore;
 501
 502     /* warning switches */
 503     int warn_write_strings;
 504     int warn_unsupported;
 505     int warn_error;
 506     int warn_none;
 507     int warn_implicit_function_declaration;
 508
 509     /* error handling */
 510     void *error_opaque;
 511     void (*error_func)(void *opaque, const char *msg);
 512     int error_set_jmp_enabled;
 513     jmp_buf error_jmp_buf;
 514     int nb_errors;
 515
 516     /* tiny assembler state */
 517     Sym *asm_labels;
 518
 519     /* see include_stack_ptr */
 520     BufferedFile *include_stack[INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE];
 521
 522     /* see ifdef_stack_ptr */
 523     int ifdef_stack[IFDEF_STACK_SIZE];
 524
 525     /* see cached_includes */
 526     int cached_includes_hash[CACHED_INCLUDES_HASH_SIZE];
 527
 528     /* pack stack */
 529     int pack_stack[PACK_STACK_SIZE];
 530     int *pack_stack_ptr;
 531
 532     /* output file for preprocessing */
 533     FILE *outfile;
 534 };
 535
 536 /* The current value can be: */
 537 #define VT_VALMASK   0x00ff
 538 #define VT_CONST     0x00f0  /* constant in vc
 539                               (must be first non register value) */
 540 #define VT_LLOCAL    0x00f1  /* lvalue, offset on stack */
 541 #define VT_LOCAL     0x00f2  /* offset on stack */
 542 #define VT_CMP       0x00f3  /* the value is stored in processor flags (in vc) */
 543 #define VT_JMP       0x00f4  /* value is the consequence of jmp true (even) */
 544 #define VT_JMPI      0x00f5  /* value is the consequence of jmp false (odd) */
 545 #define VT_LVAL      0x0100  /* var is an lvalue */
 546 #define VT_SYM       0x0200  /* a symbol value is added */
 547 #define VT_MUSTCAST  0x0400  /* value must be casted to be correct (used for
 548                                 char/short stored in integer registers) */
 549 #define VT_MUSTBOUND 0x0800  /* bound checking must be done before
 550                                 dereferencing value */
 551 #define VT_BOUNDED   0x8000  /* value is bounded. The address of the
 552                                 bounding function call point is in vc */
 553 #define VT_LVAL_BYTE     0x1000  /* lvalue is a byte */
 554 #define VT_LVAL_SHORT    0x2000  /* lvalue is a short */
 555 #define VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED 0x4000  /* lvalue is unsigned */
 556 #define VT_LVAL_TYPE     (VT_LVAL_BYTE | VT_LVAL_SHORT | VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED)
 557
 558 /* types */
 559 #define VT_INT        0  /* integer type */
 560 #define VT_BYTE       1  /* signed byte type */
 561 #define VT_SHORT      2  /* short type */
 562 #define VT_VOID       3  /* void type */
 563 #define VT_PTR        4  /* pointer */
 564 #define VT_ENUM       5  /* enum definition */
 565 #define VT_FUNC       6  /* function type */
 566 #define VT_STRUCT     7  /* struct/union definition */
 567 #define VT_FLOAT      8  /* IEEE float */
 568 #define VT_DOUBLE     9  /* IEEE double */
 569 #define VT_LDOUBLE   10  /* IEEE long double */
 570 #define VT_BOOL      11  /* ISOC99 boolean type */
 571 #define VT_LLONG     12  /* 64 bit integer */
 572 #define VT_LONG      13  /* long integer (NEVER USED as type, only
 573                             during parsing) */
 574 #define VT_BTYPE      0x000f /* mask for basic type */
 575 #define VT_UNSIGNED   0x0010  /* unsigned type */
 576 #define VT_ARRAY      0x0020  /* array type (also has VT_PTR) */
 577 #define VT_BITFIELD   0x0040  /* bitfield modifier */
 578 #define VT_CONSTANT   0x0800  /* const modifier */
 579 #define VT_VOLATILE   0x1000  /* volatile modifier */
 580 #define VT_SIGNED     0x2000  /* signed type */
 581
 582 /* storage */
 583 #define VT_EXTERN  0x00000080  /* extern definition */
 584 #define VT_STATIC  0x00000100  /* static variable */
 585 #define VT_TYPEDEF 0x00000200  /* typedef definition */
 586 #define VT_INLINE  0x00000400  /* inline definition */
 587
 588 #define VT_STRUCT_SHIFT 16   /* shift for bitfield shift values */
 589
 590 /* type mask (except storage) */
 591 #define VT_STORAGE (VT_EXTERN | VT_STATIC | VT_TYPEDEF | VT_INLINE)
 592 #define VT_TYPE    (~(VT_STORAGE))
 593
 594 /* token values */
 595
 596 /* warning: the following compare tokens depend on i386 asm code */
 597 #define TOK_ULT 0x92
 598 #define TOK_UGE 0x93
 599 #define TOK_EQ  0x94
 600 #define TOK_NE  0x95
 601 #define TOK_ULE 0x96
 602 #define TOK_UGT 0x97
 603 #define TOK_Nset 0x98
 604 #define TOK_Nclear 0x99
 605 #define TOK_LT  0x9c
 606 #define TOK_GE  0x9d
 607 #define TOK_LE  0x9e
 608 #define TOK_GT  0x9f
 609
 610 #define TOK_LAND  0xa0
 611 #define TOK_LOR   0xa1
 612
 613 #define TOK_DEC   0xa2
 614 #define TOK_MID   0xa3 /* inc/dec, to void constant */
 615 #define TOK_INC   0xa4
 616 #define TOK_UDIV  0xb0 /* unsigned division */
 617 #define TOK_UMOD  0xb1 /* unsigned modulo */
 618 #define TOK_PDIV  0xb2 /* fast division with undefined rounding for pointers */
 619 #define TOK_CINT   0xb3 /* number in tokc */
 620 #define TOK_CCHAR 0xb4 /* char constant in tokc */
 621 #define TOK_STR   0xb5 /* pointer to string in tokc */
 622 #define TOK_TWOSHARPS 0xb6 /* ## preprocessing token */
 623 #define TOK_LCHAR    0xb7
 624 #define TOK_LSTR     0xb8
 625 #define TOK_CFLOAT   0xb9 /* float constant */
 626 #define TOK_LINENUM  0xba /* line number info */
 627 #define TOK_CDOUBLE  0xc0 /* double constant */
 628 #define TOK_CLDOUBLE 0xc1 /* long double constant */
 629 #define TOK_UMULL    0xc2 /* unsigned 32x32 -> 64 mul */
 630 #define TOK_ADDC1    0xc3 /* add with carry generation */
 631 #define TOK_ADDC2    0xc4 /* add with carry use */
 632 #define TOK_SUBC1    0xc5 /* add with carry generation */
 633 #define TOK_SUBC2    0xc6 /* add with carry use */
 634 #define TOK_CUINT    0xc8 /* unsigned int constant */
 635 #define TOK_CLLONG   0xc9 /* long long constant */
 636 #define TOK_CULLONG  0xca /* unsigned long long constant */
 637 #define TOK_ARROW    0xcb
 638 #define TOK_DOTS     0xcc /* three dots */
 639 #define TOK_SHR      0xcd /* unsigned shift right */
 640 #define TOK_PPNUM    0xce /* preprocessor number */
 641
 642 #define TOK_SHL   0x01 /* shift left */
 643 #define TOK_SAR   0x02 /* signed shift right */
 644
 645 /* assignement operators : normal operator or 0x80 */
 646 #define TOK_A_MOD 0xa5
 647 #define TOK_A_AND 0xa6
 648 #define TOK_A_MUL 0xaa
 649 #define TOK_A_ADD 0xab
 650 #define TOK_A_SUB 0xad
 651 #define TOK_A_DIV 0xaf
 652 #define TOK_A_XOR 0xde
 653 #define TOK_A_OR  0xfc
 654 #define TOK_A_SHL 0x81
 655 #define TOK_A_SAR 0x82
 656
 657 #ifndef offsetof
 658 #define offsetof(type, field) ((size_t) &((type *)0)->field)
 659 #endif
 660
 661 #ifndef countof
 662 #define countof(tab) (sizeof(tab) / sizeof((tab)[0]))
 663 #endif
 664
 665 /* WARNING: the content of this string encodes token numbers */
 666 static char tok_two_chars[] = "<=\236>=\235!=\225&&\240||\241++\244--\242==\224<<\1>>\2+=\253-=\255*=\252/=\257%=\245&=\246^=\336|=\374->\313..\250##\266";
 667
 668 #define TOK_EOF       (-1)  /* end of file */
 669 #define TOK_LINEFEED  10    /* line feed */
 670
 671 /* all identificators and strings have token above that */
 672 #define TOK_IDENT 256
 673
 674 /* only used for i386 asm opcodes definitions */
 675 #define DEF_ASM(x) DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x, #x)
 676
 677 #define DEF_BWL(x) \
 678  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## b, #x "b") \
 679  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## w, #x "w") \
 680  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## l, #x "l") \
 681  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x, #x)
 682
 683 #define DEF_WL(x) \
 684  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## w, #x "w") \
 685  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## l, #x "l") \
 686  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x, #x)
 687
 688 #define DEF_FP1(x) \
 689  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x ## s, "f" #x "s") \
 690  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## fi ## x ## l, "fi" #x "l") \
 691  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x ## l, "f" #x "l") \
 692  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## fi ## x ## s, "fi" #x "s")
 693
 694 #define DEF_FP(x) \
 695  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x, "f" #x ) \
 696  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x ## p, "f" #x "p") \
 697  DEF_FP1(x)
 698
 699 #define DEF_ASMTEST(x) \
 700  DEF_ASM(x ## o) \
 701  DEF_ASM(x ## no) \
 702  DEF_ASM(x ## b) \
 703  DEF_ASM(x ## c) \
 704  DEF_ASM(x ## nae) \
 705  DEF_ASM(x ## nb) \
 706  DEF_ASM(x ## nc) \
 707  DEF_ASM(x ## ae) \
 708  DEF_ASM(x ## e) \
 709  DEF_ASM(x ## z) \
 710  DEF_ASM(x ## ne) \
 711  DEF_ASM(x ## nz) \
 712  DEF_ASM(x ## be) \
 713  DEF_ASM(x ## na) \
 714  DEF_ASM(x ## nbe) \
 715  DEF_ASM(x ## a) \
 716  DEF_ASM(x ## s) \
 717  DEF_ASM(x ## ns) \
 718  DEF_ASM(x ## p) \
 719  DEF_ASM(x ## pe) \
 720  DEF_ASM(x ## np) \
 721  DEF_ASM(x ## po) \
 722  DEF_ASM(x ## l) \
 723  DEF_ASM(x ## nge) \
 724  DEF_ASM(x ## nl) \
 725  DEF_ASM(x ## ge) \
 726  DEF_ASM(x ## le) \
 727  DEF_ASM(x ## ng) \
 728  DEF_ASM(x ## nle) \
 729  DEF_ASM(x ## g)
 730
 731 #define TOK_ASM_int TOK_INT
 732
 733 enum tcc_token {
 734     TOK_LAST = TOK_IDENT - 1,
 735 #define DEF(id, str) id,
 736 #include "tcctok.h"
 737 #undef DEF
 738 };
 739
 740 static const char tcc_keywords[] =
 741 #define DEF(id, str) str "\0"
 742 #include "tcctok.h"
 743 #undef DEF
 744 ;
 745
 746 #define TOK_UIDENT TOK_DEFINE
 747
 748 #ifdef _WIN32
 749 #define snprintf _snprintf
 750 #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
 751 #ifndef __GNUC__
 752   #define strtold (long double)strtod
 753   #define strtof (float)strtod
 754   #define strtoll (long long)strtol
 755 #endif
 756 #elif defined(TCC_UCLIBC) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__) \
 757     || defined(__OpenBSD__)
 758 /* currently incorrect */
 759 long double strtold(const char *nptr, char **endptr)
 760 {
 761     return (long double)strtod(nptr, endptr);
 762 }
 763 float strtof(const char *nptr, char **endptr)
 764 {
 765     return (float)strtod(nptr, endptr);
 766 }
 767 #else
 768 /* XXX: need to define this to use them in non ISOC99 context */
 769 extern float strtof (const char *__nptr, char **__endptr);
 770 extern long double strtold (const char *__nptr, char **__endptr);
 771 #endif
 772
 773 static char *pstrcpy(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s);
 774 static char *pstrcat(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s);
 775 static char *tcc_basename(const char *name);
 776 static char *tcc_fileextension (const char *p);
 777
 778 static void next(void);
 779 static void next_nomacro(void);
 780 static void parse_expr_type(CType *type);
 781 static void expr_type(CType *type);
 782 static void unary_type(CType *type);
 783 static void block(int *bsym, int *csym, int *case_sym, int *def_sym,
 784                   int case_reg, int is_expr);
 785 static int expr_const(void);
 786 static void expr_eq(void);
 787 static void gexpr(void);
 788 static void gen_inline_functions(void);
 789 static void decl(int l);
 790 static void decl_initializer(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
 791                              int first, int size_only);
 792 static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r,
 793                                    int has_init, int v, int scope);
 794 int gv(int rc);
 795 void gv2(int rc1, int rc2);
 796 void move_reg(int r, int s);
 797 void save_regs(int n);
 798 void save_reg(int r);
 799 void vpop(void);
 800 void vswap(void);
 801 void vdup(void);
 802 int get_reg(int rc);
 803 int get_reg_ex(int rc,int rc2);
 804
 805 struct macro_level {
 806     struct macro_level *prev;
 807     int *p;
 808 };
 809
 810 static void macro_subst(TokenString *tok_str, Sym **nested_list,
 811                         const int *macro_str, struct macro_level **can_read_stream);
 812 void gen_op(int op);
 813 void force_charshort_cast(int t);
 814 static void gen_cast(CType *type);
 815 void vstore(void);
 816 static Sym *sym_find(int v);
 817 static Sym *sym_push(int v, CType *type, int r, int c);
 818
 819 /* type handling */
 820 static int type_size(CType *type, int *a);
 821 static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type);
 822 static int pointed_size(CType *type);
 823 static int lvalue_type(int t);
 824 static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad);
 825 static void type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td);
 826 static int compare_types(CType *type1, CType *type2, int unqualified);
 827 static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2);
 828 static int is_compatible_parameter_types(CType *type1, CType *type2);
 829
 830 int ieee_finite(double d);
 831 void error(const char *fmt, ...);
 832 void vpushi(int v);
 833 void vrott(int n);
 834 void vnrott(int n);
 835 void lexpand_nr(void);
 836 static void vpush_global_sym(CType *type, int v);
 837 void vset(CType *type, int r, int v);
 838 void type_to_str(char *buf, int buf_size,
 839                  CType *type, const char *varstr);
 840 char *get_tok_str(int v, CValue *cv);
 841 static Sym *get_sym_ref(CType *type, Section *sec,
 842                         unsigned long offset, unsigned long size);
 843 static Sym *external_global_sym(int v, CType *type, int r);
 844
 845 /* section generation */
 846 static void section_realloc(Section *sec, unsigned long new_size);
 847 static void *section_ptr_add(Section *sec, unsigned long size);
 848 static void put_extern_sym(Sym *sym, Section *section,
 849                            unsigned long value, unsigned long size);
 850 static void greloc(Section *s, Sym *sym, unsigned long addr, int type);
 851 static int put_elf_str(Section *s, const char *sym);
 852 static int put_elf_sym(Section *s,
 853                        unsigned long value, unsigned long size,
 854                        int info, int other, int shndx, const char *name);
 855 static int add_elf_sym(Section *s, unsigned long value, unsigned long size,
 856                        int info, int other, int sh_num, const char *name);
 857 static void put_elf_reloc(Section *symtab, Section *s, unsigned long offset,
 858                           int type, int symbol);
 859 static void put_stabs(const char *str, int type, int other, int desc,
 860                       unsigned long value);
 861 static void put_stabs_r(const char *str, int type, int other, int desc,
 862                         unsigned long value, Section *sec, int sym_index);
 863 static void put_stabn(int type, int other, int desc, int value);
 864 static void put_stabd(int type, int other, int desc);
 865 static int tcc_add_dll(TCCState *s, const char *filename, int flags);
 866
 867 #define AFF_PRINT_ERROR     0x0001 /* print error if file not found */
 868 #define AFF_REFERENCED_DLL  0x0002 /* load a referenced dll from another dll */
 869 #define AFF_PREPROCESS      0x0004 /* preprocess file */
 870 static int tcc_add_file_internal(TCCState *s, const char *filename, int flags);
 871
 872 /* tcccoff.c */
 873 int tcc_output_coff(TCCState *s1, FILE *f);
 874
 875 /* tccpe.c */
 876 void *resolve_sym(TCCState *s1, const char *sym, int type);
 877 int pe_load_def_file(struct TCCState *s1, int fd);
 878 int pe_test_res_file(void *v, int size);
 879 int pe_load_res_file(struct TCCState *s1, int fd);
 880 void pe_add_runtime(struct TCCState *s1);
 881 void pe_guess_outfile(char *objfilename, int output_type);
 882 int pe_output_file(struct TCCState *s1, const char *filename);
 883
 884 /* tccasm.c */
 885
 886 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
 887
 888 typedef struct ExprValue {
 889     uint32_t v;
 890     Sym *sym;
 891 } ExprValue;
 892
 893 #define MAX_ASM_OPERANDS 30
 894
 895 typedef struct ASMOperand {
 896     int id; /* GCC 3 optionnal identifier (0 if number only supported */
 897     char *constraint;
 898     char asm_str[16]; /* computed asm string for operand */
 899     SValue *vt; /* C value of the expression */
 900     int ref_index; /* if >= 0, gives reference to a output constraint */
 901     int input_index; /* if >= 0, gives reference to an input constraint */
 902     int priority; /* priority, used to assign registers */
 903     int reg; /* if >= 0, register number used for this operand */
 904     int is_llong; /* true if double register value */
 905     int is_memory; /* true if memory operand */
 906     int is_rw;     /* for '+' modifier */
 907 } ASMOperand;
 908
 909 static void asm_expr(TCCState *s1, ExprValue *pe);
 910 static int asm_int_expr(TCCState *s1);
 911 static int find_constraint(ASMOperand *operands, int nb_operands,
 912                            const char *name, const char **pp);
 913
 914 static int tcc_assemble(TCCState *s1, int do_preprocess);
 915
 916 #endif
 917
 918 static void asm_instr(void);
 919 static void asm_global_instr(void);
 920
 921 /* true if float/double/long double type */
 922 static inline int is_float(int t)
 923 {
 924     int bt;
 925     bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
 926     return bt == VT_LDOUBLE || bt == VT_DOUBLE || bt == VT_FLOAT;
 927 }
 928
 929 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
 930 #include "i386-gen.c"
 931 #endif
 932
 933 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
 934 #include "arm-gen.c"
 935 #endif
 936
 937 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_C67
 938 #include "c67-gen.c"
 939 #endif
 940
 941 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_STATIC
 942
 943 #define RTLD_LAZY       0x001
 944 #define RTLD_NOW        0x002
 945 #define RTLD_GLOBAL     0x100
 946 #define RTLD_DEFAULT    NULL
 947
 948 /* dummy function for profiling */
 949 void *dlopen(const char *filename, int flag)
 950 {
 951     return NULL;
 952 }
 953
 954 const char *dlerror(void)
 955 {
 956     return "error";
 957 }
 958
 959 typedef struct TCCSyms {
 960     char *str;
 961     void *ptr;
 962 } TCCSyms;
 963
 964 #define TCCSYM(a) { #a, &a, },
 965
 966 /* add the symbol you want here if no dynamic linking is done */
 967 static TCCSyms tcc_syms[] = {
 968 #if !defined(CONFIG_TCCBOOT)
 969     TCCSYM(printf)
 970     TCCSYM(fprintf)
 971     TCCSYM(fopen)
 972     TCCSYM(fclose)
 973 #endif
 974     { NULL, NULL },
 975 };
 976
 977 void *resolve_sym(TCCState *s1, const char *symbol, int type)
 978 {
 979     TCCSyms *p;
 980     p = tcc_syms;
 981     while (p->str != NULL) {
 982         if (!strcmp(p->str, symbol))
 983             return p->ptr;
 984         p++;
 985     }
 986     return NULL;
 987 }
 988
 989 #elif !defined(_WIN32)
 990
 991 #include <dlfcn.h>
 992
 993 void *resolve_sym(TCCState *s1, const char *sym, int type)
 994 {
 995     return dlsym(RTLD_DEFAULT, sym);
 996 }
 997
 998 #endif
 999
1000 /********************************************************/
1001
1002 /* we use our own 'finite' function to avoid potential problems with
1003    non standard math libs */
1004 /* XXX: endianness dependent */
1005 int ieee_finite(double d)
1006 {
1007     int *p = (int *)&d;
1008     return ((unsigned)((p[1] | 0x800fffff) + 1)) >> 31;
1009 }
1010
1011 /* copy a string and truncate it. */
1012 static char *pstrcpy(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s)
1013 {
1014     char *q, *q_end;
1015     int c;
1016
1017     if (buf_size > 0) {
1018         q = buf;
1019         q_end = buf + buf_size - 1;
1020         while (q < q_end) {
1021             c = *s++;
1022             if (c == '\0')
1023                 break;
1024             *q++ = c;
1025         }
1026         *q = '\0';
1027     }
1028     return buf;
1029 }
1030
1031 /* strcat and truncate. */
1032 static char *pstrcat(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s)
1033 {
1034     int len;
1035     len = strlen(buf);
1036     if (len < buf_size)
1037         pstrcpy(buf + len, buf_size - len, s);
1038     return buf;
1039 }
1040
1041 #ifndef LIBTCC
1042 static int strstart(const char *str, const char *val, const char **ptr)
1043 {
1044     const char *p, *q;
1045     p = str;
1046     q = val;
1047     while (*q != '\0') {
1048         if (*p != *q)
1049             return 0;
1050         p++;
1051         q++;
1052     }
1053     if (ptr)
1054         *ptr = p;
1055     return 1;
1056 }
1057 #endif
1058
1059 /* extract the basename of a file */
1060 static char *tcc_basename(const char *name)
1061 {
1062     char *p = strchr(name, 0);
1063     while (p > name
1064         && p[-1] != '/'
1065 #ifdef _WIN32
1066         && p[-1] != '\\'
1067 #endif
1068         )
1069         --p;
1070     return p;
1071 }
1072
1073 static char *tcc_fileextension (const char *name)
1074 {
1075     char *b = tcc_basename(name);
1076     char *e = strrchr(b, '.');
1077     return e ? e : strchr(b, 0);
1078 }
1079
1080 #ifdef _WIN32
1081 char *normalize_slashes(char *path)
1082 {
1083     char *p;
1084     for (p = path; *p; ++p)
1085         if (*p == '\\')
1086             *p = '/';
1087     return path;
1088 }
1089
1090 char *w32_tcc_lib_path(void)
1091 {
1092     /* on win32, we suppose the lib and includes are at the location
1093        of 'tcc.exe' */
1094     char path[1024], *p;
1095     GetModuleFileNameA(NULL, path, sizeof path);
1096     p = tcc_basename(normalize_slashes(strlwr(path)));
1097     if (p - 5 > path && 0 == strncmp(p - 5, "/bin/", 5))
1098         p -= 5;
1099     else if (p > path)
1100         p--;
1101     *p = 0;
1102     return strdup(path);
1103 }
1104 #endif
1105
1106 void set_pages_executable(void *ptr, unsigned long length)
1107 {
1108 #ifdef _WIN32
1109     unsigned long old_protect;
1110     VirtualProtect(ptr, length, PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE, &old_protect);
1111 #else
1112     unsigned long start, end;
1113     start = (unsigned long)ptr & ~(PAGESIZE - 1);
1114     end = (unsigned long)ptr + length;
1115     end = (end + PAGESIZE - 1) & ~(PAGESIZE - 1);
1116     mprotect((void *)start, end - start, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE | PROT_EXEC);
1117 #endif
1118 }
1119
1120 /* memory management */
1121 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1122 int mem_cur_size;
1123 int mem_max_size;
1124 unsigned malloc_usable_size(void*);
1125 #endif
1126
1127 static inline void tcc_free(void *ptr)
1128 {
1129 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1130     mem_cur_size -= malloc_usable_size(ptr);
1131 #endif
1132     free(ptr);
1133 }
1134
1135 static void *tcc_malloc(unsigned long size)
1136 {
1137     void *ptr;
1138     ptr = malloc(size);
1139     if (!ptr && size)
1140         error("memory full");
1141 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1142     mem_cur_size += malloc_usable_size(ptr);
1143     if (mem_cur_size > mem_max_size)
1144         mem_max_size = mem_cur_size;
1145 #endif
1146     return ptr;
1147 }
1148
1149 static void *tcc_mallocz(unsigned long size)
1150 {
1151     void *ptr;
1152     ptr = tcc_malloc(size);
1153     memset(ptr, 0, size);
1154     return ptr;
1155 }
1156
1157 static inline void *tcc_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned long size)
1158 {
1159     void *ptr1;
1160 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1161     mem_cur_size -= malloc_usable_size(ptr);
1162 #endif
1163     ptr1 = realloc(ptr, size);
1164 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1165     /* NOTE: count not correct if alloc error, but not critical */
1166     mem_cur_size += malloc_usable_size(ptr1);
1167     if (mem_cur_size > mem_max_size)
1168         mem_max_size = mem_cur_size;
1169 #endif
1170     return ptr1;
1171 }
1172
1173 static char *tcc_strdup(const char *str)
1174 {
1175     char *ptr;
1176     ptr = tcc_malloc(strlen(str) + 1);
1177     strcpy(ptr, str);
1178     return ptr;
1179 }
1180
1181 #define free(p) use_tcc_free(p)
1182 #define malloc(s) use_tcc_malloc(s)
1183 #define realloc(p, s) use_tcc_realloc(p, s)
1184
1185 static void dynarray_add(void ***ptab, int *nb_ptr, void *data)
1186 {
1187     int nb, nb_alloc;
1188     void **pp;
1189
1190     nb = *nb_ptr;
1191     pp = *ptab;
1192     /* every power of two we double array size */
1193     if ((nb & (nb - 1)) == 0) {
1194         if (!nb)
1195             nb_alloc = 1;
1196         else
1197             nb_alloc = nb * 2;
1198         pp = tcc_realloc(pp, nb_alloc * sizeof(void *));
1199         if (!pp)
1200             error("memory full");
1201         *ptab = pp;
1202     }
1203     pp[nb++] = data;
1204     *nb_ptr = nb;
1205 }
1206
1207 static void dynarray_reset(void *pp, int *n)
1208 {
1209     void **p;
1210     for (p = *(void***)pp; *n; ++p, --*n)
1211         if (*p)
1212             tcc_free(*p);
1213     tcc_free(*(void**)pp);
1214     *(void**)pp = NULL;
1215 }
1216
1217 /* symbol allocator */
1218 static Sym *__sym_malloc(void)
1219 {
1220     Sym *sym_pool, *sym, *last_sym;
1221     int i;
1222
1223     sym_pool = tcc_malloc(SYM_POOL_NB * sizeof(Sym));
1224     dynarray_add(&sym_pools, &nb_sym_pools, sym_pool);
1225
1226     last_sym = sym_free_first;
1227     sym = sym_pool;
1228     for(i = 0; i < SYM_POOL_NB; i++) {
1229         sym->next = last_sym;
1230         last_sym = sym;
1231         sym++;
1232     }
1233     sym_free_first = last_sym;
1234     return last_sym;
1235 }
1236
1237 static inline Sym *sym_malloc(void)
1238 {
1239     Sym *sym;
1240     sym = sym_free_first;
1241     if (!sym)
1242         sym = __sym_malloc();
1243     sym_free_first = sym->next;
1244     return sym;
1245 }
1246
1247 static inline void sym_free(Sym *sym)
1248 {
1249     sym->next = sym_free_first;
1250     sym_free_first = sym;
1251 }
1252
1253 Section *new_section(TCCState *s1, const char *name, int sh_type, int sh_flags)
1254 {
1255     Section *sec;
1256
1257     sec = tcc_mallocz(sizeof(Section) + strlen(name));
1258     strcpy(sec->name, name);
1259     sec->sh_type = sh_type;
1260     sec->sh_flags = sh_flags;
1261     switch(sh_type) {
1262     case SHT_HASH:
1263     case SHT_REL:
1264     case SHT_DYNSYM:
1265     case SHT_SYMTAB:
1266     case SHT_DYNAMIC:
1267         sec->sh_addralign = 4;
1268         break;
1269     case SHT_STRTAB:
1270         sec->sh_addralign = 1;
1271         break;
1272     default:
1273         sec->sh_addralign = 32; /* default conservative alignment */
1274         break;
1275     }
1276
1277     /* only add section if not private */
1278     if (!(sh_flags & SHF_PRIVATE)) {
1279         sec->sh_num = s1->nb_sections;
1280         dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->sections, &s1->nb_sections, sec);
1281     }
1282     return sec;
1283 }
1284
1285 static void free_section(Section *s)
1286 {
1287     if (s->link && (s->link->sh_flags & SHF_PRIVATE))
1288         free_section(s->link);
1289     if (s->hash && (s->link->sh_flags & SHF_PRIVATE))
1290         s->hash->link = NULL, free_section(s->hash);
1291     tcc_free(s->data);
1292     tcc_free(s);
1293 }
1294
1295 /* realloc section and set its content to zero */
1296 static void section_realloc(Section *sec, unsigned long new_size)
1297 {
1298     unsigned long size;
1299     unsigned char *data;
1300
1301     size = sec->data_allocated;
1302     if (size == 0)
1303         size = 1;
1304     while (size < new_size)
1305         size = size * 2;
1306     data = tcc_realloc(sec->data, size);
1307     if (!data)
1308         error("memory full");
1309     memset(data + sec->data_allocated, 0, size - sec->data_allocated);
1310     sec->data = data;
1311     sec->data_allocated = size;
1312 }
1313
1314 /* reserve at least 'size' bytes in section 'sec' from
1315    sec->data_offset. */
1316 static void *section_ptr_add(Section *sec, unsigned long size)
1317 {
1318     unsigned long offset, offset1;
1319
1320     offset = sec->data_offset;
1321     offset1 = offset + size;
1322     if (offset1 > sec->data_allocated)
1323         section_realloc(sec, offset1);
1324     sec->data_offset = offset1;
1325     return sec->data + offset;
1326 }
1327
1328 /* return a reference to a section, and create it if it does not
1329    exists */
1330 Section *find_section(TCCState *s1, const char *name)
1331 {
1332     Section *sec;
1333     int i;
1334     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
1335         sec = s1->sections[i];
1336         if (!strcmp(name, sec->name))
1337             return sec;
1338     }
1339     /* sections are created as PROGBITS */
1340     return new_section(s1, name, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC);
1341 }
1342
1343 #define SECTION_ABS ((void *)1)
1344
1345 /* update sym->c so that it points to an external symbol in section
1346    'section' with value 'value' */
1347 static void put_extern_sym2(Sym *sym, Section *section,
1348                             unsigned long value, unsigned long size,
1349                             int can_add_underscore)
1350 {
1351     int sym_type, sym_bind, sh_num, info, other, attr;
1352     Elf32_Sym *esym;
1353     const char *name;
1354     char buf1[256];
1355
1356     if (section == NULL)
1357         sh_num = SHN_UNDEF;
1358     else if (section == SECTION_ABS)
1359         sh_num = SHN_ABS;
1360     else
1361         sh_num = section->sh_num;
1362
1363     other = attr = 0;
1364
1365     if ((sym->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
1366         sym_type = STT_FUNC;
1367 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
1368         if (sym->type.ref)
1369             attr = sym->type.ref->r;
1370         if (FUNC_EXPORT(attr))
1371             other |= 1;
1372         if (FUNC_CALL(attr) == FUNC_STDCALL)
1373             other |= 2;
1374 #endif
1375     } else {
1376         sym_type = STT_OBJECT;
1377     }
1378
1379     if (sym->type.t & VT_STATIC)
1380         sym_bind = STB_LOCAL;
1381     else
1382         sym_bind = STB_GLOBAL;
1383
1384     if (!sym->c) {
1385         name = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
1386 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
1387         if (do_bounds_check) {
1388             char buf[32];
1389
1390             /* XXX: avoid doing that for statics ? */
1391             /* if bound checking is activated, we change some function
1392                names by adding the "__bound" prefix */
1393             switch(sym->v) {
1394 #if 0
1395             /* XXX: we rely only on malloc hooks */
1396             case TOK_malloc:
1397             case TOK_free:
1398             case TOK_realloc:
1399             case TOK_memalign:
1400             case TOK_calloc:
1401 #endif
1402             case TOK_memcpy:
1403             case TOK_memmove:
1404             case TOK_memset:
1405             case TOK_strlen:
1406             case TOK_strcpy:
1407             case TOK__alloca:
1408                 strcpy(buf, "__bound_");
1409                 strcat(buf, name);
1410                 name = buf;
1411                 break;
1412             }
1413         }
1414 #endif
1415
1416 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
1417         if ((other & 2) && can_add_underscore) {
1418             sprintf(buf1, "_%s@%d", name, FUNC_ARGS(attr));
1419             name = buf1;
1420         } else
1421 #endif
1422         if (tcc_state->leading_underscore && can_add_underscore) {
1423             buf1[0] = '_';
1424             pstrcpy(buf1 + 1, sizeof(buf1) - 1, name);
1425             name = buf1;
1426         }
1427         info = ELF32_ST_INFO(sym_bind, sym_type);
1428         sym->c = add_elf_sym(symtab_section, value, size, info, other, sh_num, name);
1429     } else {
1430         esym = &((Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c];
1431         esym->st_value = value;
1432         esym->st_size = size;
1433         esym->st_shndx = sh_num;
1434         esym->st_other |= other;
1435     }
1436 }
1437
1438 static void put_extern_sym(Sym *sym, Section *section,
1439                            unsigned long value, unsigned long size)
1440 {
1441     put_extern_sym2(sym, section, value, size, 1);
1442 }
1443
1444 /* add a new relocation entry to symbol 'sym' in section 's' */
1445 static void greloc(Section *s, Sym *sym, unsigned long offset, int type)
1446 {
1447     if (!sym->c)
1448         put_extern_sym(sym, NULL, 0, 0);
1449     /* now we can add ELF relocation info */
1450     put_elf_reloc(symtab_section, s, offset, type, sym->c);
1451 }
1452
1453 static inline int isid(int c)
1454 {
1455     return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ||
1456         (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') ||
1457         c == '_';
1458 }
1459
1460 static inline int isnum(int c)
1461 {
1462     return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
1463 }
1464
1465 static inline int isoct(int c)
1466 {
1467     return c >= '0' && c <= '7';
1468 }
1469
1470 static inline int toup(int c)
1471 {
1472     if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
1473         return c - 'a' + 'A';
1474     else
1475         return c;
1476 }
1477
1478 static void strcat_vprintf(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
1479 {
1480     int len;
1481     len = strlen(buf);
1482     vsnprintf(buf + len, buf_size - len, fmt, ap);
1483 }
1484
1485 static void strcat_printf(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *fmt, ...)
1486 {
1487     va_list ap;
1488     va_start(ap, fmt);
1489     strcat_vprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, ap);
1490     va_end(ap);
1491 }
1492
1493 void error1(TCCState *s1, int is_warning, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
1494 {
1495     char buf[2048];
1496     BufferedFile **f;
1497
1498     buf[0] = '\0';
1499     if (file) {
1500         for(f = s1->include_stack; f < s1->include_stack_ptr; f++)
1501             strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf), "In file included from %s:%d:\n",
1502                           (*f)->filename, (*f)->line_num);
1503         if (file->line_num > 0) {
1504             strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf),
1505                           "%s:%d: ", file->filename, file->line_num);
1506         } else {
1507             strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf),
1508                           "%s: ", file->filename);
1509         }
1510     } else {
1511         strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf),
1512                       "tcc: ");
1513     }
1514     if (is_warning)
1515         strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf), "warning: ");
1516     strcat_vprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, ap);
1517
1518     if (!s1->error_func) {
1519         /* default case: stderr */
1520         fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf);
1521     } else {
1522         s1->error_func(s1->error_opaque, buf);
1523     }
1524     if (!is_warning || s1->warn_error)
1525         s1->nb_errors++;
1526 }
1527
1528 #ifdef LIBTCC
1529 void tcc_set_error_func(TCCState *s, void *error_opaque,
1530                         void (*error_func)(void *opaque, const char *msg))
1531 {
1532     s->error_opaque = error_opaque;
1533     s->error_func = error_func;
1534 }
1535 #endif
1536
1537 /* error without aborting current compilation */
1538 void error_noabort(const char *fmt, ...)
1539 {
1540     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
1541     va_list ap;
1542
1543     va_start(ap, fmt);
1544     error1(s1, 0, fmt, ap);
1545     va_end(ap);
1546 }
1547
1548 void error(const char *fmt, ...)
1549 {
1550     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
1551     va_list ap;
1552
1553     va_start(ap, fmt);
1554     error1(s1, 0, fmt, ap);
1555     va_end(ap);
1556     /* better than nothing: in some cases, we accept to handle errors */
1557     if (s1->error_set_jmp_enabled) {
1558         longjmp(s1->error_jmp_buf, 1);
1559     } else {
1560         /* XXX: eliminate this someday */
1561         exit(1);
1562     }
1563 }
1564
1565 void expect(const char *msg)
1566 {
1567     error("%s expected", msg);
1568 }
1569
1570 void warning(const char *fmt, ...)
1571 {
1572     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
1573     va_list ap;
1574
1575     if (s1->warn_none)
1576         return;
1577
1578     va_start(ap, fmt);
1579     error1(s1, 1, fmt, ap);
1580     va_end(ap);
1581 }
1582
1583 void skip(int c)
1584 {
1585     if (tok != c)
1586         error("'%c' expected", c);
1587     next();
1588 }
1589
1590 static void test_lvalue(void)
1591 {
1592     if (!(vtop->r & VT_LVAL))
1593         expect("lvalue");
1594 }
1595
1596 /* allocate a new token */
1597 static TokenSym *tok_alloc_new(TokenSym **pts, const char *str, int len)
1598 {
1599     TokenSym *ts, **ptable;
1600     int i;
1601
1602     if (tok_ident >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
1603         error("memory full");
1604
1605     /* expand token table if needed */
1606     i = tok_ident - TOK_IDENT;
1607     if ((i % TOK_ALLOC_INCR) == 0) {
1608         ptable = tcc_realloc(table_ident, (i + TOK_ALLOC_INCR) * sizeof(TokenSym *));
1609         if (!ptable)
1610             error("memory full");
1611         table_ident = ptable;
1612     }
1613
1614     ts = tcc_malloc(sizeof(TokenSym) + len);
1615     table_ident[i] = ts;
1616     ts->tok = tok_ident++;
1617     ts->sym_define = NULL;
1618     ts->sym_label = NULL;
1619     ts->sym_struct = NULL;
1620     ts->sym_identifier = NULL;
1621     ts->len = len;
1622     ts->hash_next = NULL;
1623     memcpy(ts->str, str, len);
1624     ts->str[len] = '\0';
1625     *pts = ts;
1626     return ts;
1627 }
1628
1629 #define TOK_HASH_INIT 1
1630 #define TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, c) ((h) * 263 + (c))
1631
1632 /* find a token and add it if not found */
1633 static TokenSym *tok_alloc(const char *str, int len)
1634 {
1635     TokenSym *ts, **pts;
1636     int i;
1637     unsigned int h;
1638
1639     h = TOK_HASH_INIT;
1640     for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1641         h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, ((unsigned char *)str)[i]);
1642     h &= (TOK_HASH_SIZE - 1);
1643
1644     pts = &hash_ident[h];
1645     for(;;) {
1646         ts = *pts;
1647         if (!ts)
1648             break;
1649         if (ts->len == len && !memcmp(ts->str, str, len))
1650             return ts;
1651         pts = &(ts->hash_next);
1652     }
1653     return tok_alloc_new(pts, str, len);
1654 }
1655
1656 /* CString handling */
1657
1658 static void cstr_realloc(CString *cstr, int new_size)
1659 {
1660     int size;
1661     void *data;
1662
1663     size = cstr->size_allocated;
1664     if (size == 0)
1665         size = 8; /* no need to allocate a too small first string */
1666     while (size < new_size)
1667         size = size * 2;
1668     data = tcc_realloc(cstr->data_allocated, size);
1669     if (!data)
1670         error("memory full");
1671     cstr->data_allocated = data;
1672     cstr->size_allocated = size;
1673     cstr->data = data;
1674 }
1675
1676 /* add a byte */
1677 static inline void cstr_ccat(CString *cstr, int ch)
1678 {
1679     int size;
1680     size = cstr->size + 1;
1681     if (size > cstr->size_allocated)
1682         cstr_realloc(cstr, size);
1683     ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[size - 1] = ch;
1684     cstr->size = size;
1685 }
1686
1687 static void cstr_cat(CString *cstr, const char *str)
1688 {
1689     int c;
1690     for(;;) {
1691         c = *str;
1692         if (c == '\0')
1693             break;
1694         cstr_ccat(cstr, c);
1695         str++;
1696     }
1697 }
1698
1699 /* add a wide char */
1700 static void cstr_wccat(CString *cstr, int ch)
1701 {
1702     int size;
1703     size = cstr->size + sizeof(nwchar_t);
1704     if (size > cstr->size_allocated)
1705         cstr_realloc(cstr, size);
1706     *(nwchar_t *)(((unsigned char *)cstr->data) + size - sizeof(nwchar_t)) = ch;
1707     cstr->size = size;
1708 }
1709
1710 static void cstr_new(CString *cstr)
1711 {
1712     memset(cstr, 0, sizeof(CString));
1713 }
1714
1715 /* free string and reset it to NULL */
1716 static void cstr_free(CString *cstr)
1717 {
1718     tcc_free(cstr->data_allocated);
1719     cstr_new(cstr);
1720 }
1721
1722 #define cstr_reset(cstr) cstr_free(cstr)
1723
1724 /* XXX: unicode ? */
1725 static void add_char(CString *cstr, int c)
1726 {
1727     if (c == '\'' || c == '\"' || c == '\\') {
1728         /* XXX: could be more precise if char or string */
1729         cstr_ccat(cstr, '\\');
1730     }
1731     if (c >= 32 && c <= 126) {
1732         cstr_ccat(cstr, c);
1733     } else {
1734         cstr_ccat(cstr, '\\');
1735         if (c == '\n') {
1736             cstr_ccat(cstr, 'n');
1737         } else {
1738             cstr_ccat(cstr, '0' + ((c >> 6) & 7));
1739             cstr_ccat(cstr, '0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
1740             cstr_ccat(cstr, '0' + (c & 7));
1741         }
1742     }
1743 }
1744
1745 /* XXX: buffer overflow */
1746 /* XXX: float tokens */
1747 char *get_tok_str(int v, CValue *cv)
1748 {
1749     static char buf[STRING_MAX_SIZE + 1];
1750     static CString cstr_buf;
1751     CString *cstr;
1752     unsigned char *q;
1753     char *p;
1754     int i, len;
1755
1756     /* NOTE: to go faster, we give a fixed buffer for small strings */
1757     cstr_reset(&cstr_buf);
1758     cstr_buf.data = buf;
1759     cstr_buf.size_allocated = sizeof(buf);
1760     p = buf;
1761
1762     switch(v) {
1763     case TOK_CINT:
1764     case TOK_CUINT:
1765         /* XXX: not quite exact, but only useful for testing */
1766         sprintf(p, "%u", cv->ui);
1767         break;
1768     case TOK_CLLONG:
1769     case TOK_CULLONG:
1770         /* XXX: not quite exact, but only useful for testing  */
1771         sprintf(p, "%Lu", cv->ull);
1772         break;
1773     case TOK_CCHAR:
1774     case TOK_LCHAR:
1775         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\'');
1776         add_char(&cstr_buf, cv->i);
1777         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\'');
1778         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\0');
1779         break;
1780     case TOK_PPNUM:
1781         cstr = cv->cstr;
1782         len = cstr->size - 1;
1783         for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1784             add_char(&cstr_buf, ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i]);
1785         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\0');
1786         break;
1787     case TOK_STR:
1788     case TOK_LSTR:
1789         cstr = cv->cstr;
1790         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\"');
1791         if (v == TOK_STR) {
1792             len = cstr->size - 1;
1793             for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1794                 add_char(&cstr_buf, ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i]);
1795         } else {
1796             len = (cstr->size / sizeof(nwchar_t)) - 1;
1797             for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1798                 add_char(&cstr_buf, ((nwchar_t *)cstr->data)[i]);
1799         }
1800         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\"');
1801         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\0');
1802         break;
1803     case TOK_LT:
1804         v = '<';
1805         goto addv;
1806     case TOK_GT:
1807         v = '>';
1808         goto addv;
1809     case TOK_DOTS:
1810         return strcpy(p, "...");
1811     case TOK_A_SHL:
1812         return strcpy(p, "<<=");
1813     case TOK_A_SAR:
1814         return strcpy(p, ">>=");
1815     default:
1816         if (v < TOK_IDENT) {
1817             /* search in two bytes table */
1818             q = tok_two_chars;
1819             while (*q) {
1820                 if (q[2] == v) {
1821                     *p++ = q[0];
1822                     *p++ = q[1];
1823                     *p = '\0';
1824                     return buf;
1825                 }
1826                 q += 3;
1827             }
1828         addv:
1829             *p++ = v;
1830             *p = '\0';
1831         } else if (v < tok_ident) {
1832             return table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->str;
1833         } else if (v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1834             /* special name for anonymous symbol */
1835             sprintf(p, "L.%u", v - SYM_FIRST_ANOM);
1836         } else {
1837             /* should never happen */
1838             return NULL;
1839         }
1840         break;
1841     }
1842     return cstr_buf.data;
1843 }
1844
1845 /* push, without hashing */
1846 static Sym *sym_push2(Sym **ps, int v, int t, int c)
1847 {
1848     Sym *s;
1849     s = sym_malloc();
1850     s->v = v;
1851     s->type.t = t;
1852     s->c = c;
1853     s->next = NULL;
1854     /* add in stack */
1855     s->prev = *ps;
1856     *ps = s;
1857     return s;
1858 }
1859
1860 /* find a symbol and return its associated structure. 's' is the top
1861    of the symbol stack */
1862 static Sym *sym_find2(Sym *s, int v)
1863 {
1864     while (s) {
1865         if (s->v == v)
1866             return s;
1867         s = s->prev;
1868     }
1869     return NULL;
1870 }
1871
1872 /* structure lookup */
1873 static inline Sym *struct_find(int v)
1874 {
1875     v -= TOK_IDENT;
1876     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
1877         return NULL;
1878     return table_ident[v]->sym_struct;
1879 }
1880
1881 /* find an identifier */
1882 static inline Sym *sym_find(int v)
1883 {
1884     v -= TOK_IDENT;
1885     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
1886         return NULL;
1887     return table_ident[v]->sym_identifier;
1888 }
1889
1890 /* push a given symbol on the symbol stack */
1891 static Sym *sym_push(int v, CType *type, int r, int c)
1892 {
1893     Sym *s, **ps;
1894     TokenSym *ts;
1895
1896     if (local_stack)
1897         ps = &local_stack;
1898     else
1899         ps = &global_stack;
1900     s = sym_push2(ps, v, type->t, c);
1901     s->type.ref = type->ref;
1902     s->r = r;
1903     /* don't record fields or anonymous symbols */
1904     /* XXX: simplify */
1905     if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1906         /* record symbol in token array */
1907         ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
1908         if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
1909             ps = &ts->sym_struct;
1910         else
1911             ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
1912         s->prev_tok = *ps;
1913         *ps = s;
1914     }
1915     return s;
1916 }
1917
1918 /* push a global identifier */
1919 static Sym *global_identifier_push(int v, int t, int c)
1920 {
1921     Sym *s, **ps;
1922     s = sym_push2(&global_stack, v, t, c);
1923     /* don't record anonymous symbol */
1924     if (v < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1925         ps = &table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_identifier;
1926         /* modify the top most local identifier, so that
1927            sym_identifier will point to 's' when popped */
1928         while (*ps != NULL)
1929             ps = &(*ps)->prev_tok;
1930         s->prev_tok = NULL;
1931         *ps = s;
1932     }
1933     return s;
1934 }
1935
1936 /* pop symbols until top reaches 'b' */
1937 static void sym_pop(Sym **ptop, Sym *b)
1938 {
1939     Sym *s, *ss, **ps;
1940     TokenSym *ts;
1941     int v;
1942
1943     s = *ptop;
1944     while(s != b) {
1945         ss = s->prev;
1946         v = s->v;
1947         /* remove symbol in token array */
1948         /* XXX: simplify */
1949         if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1950             ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
1951             if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
1952                 ps = &ts->sym_struct;
1953             else
1954                 ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
1955             *ps = s->prev_tok;
1956         }
1957         sym_free(s);
1958         s = ss;
1959     }
1960     *ptop = b;
1961 }
1962
1963 /* I/O layer */
1964
1965 BufferedFile *tcc_open(TCCState *s1, const char *filename)
1966 {
1967     int fd;
1968     BufferedFile *bf;
1969
1970     if (strcmp(filename, "-") == 0)
1971         fd = 0, filename = "stdin";
1972     else
1973         fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
1974     if ((verbose == 2 && fd >= 0) || verbose == 3)
1975         printf("%s %*s%s\n", fd < 0 ? "nf":"->",
1976                (s1->include_stack_ptr - s1->include_stack), "", filename);
1977     if (fd < 0)
1978         return NULL;
1979     bf = tcc_malloc(sizeof(BufferedFile));
1980     bf->fd = fd;
1981     bf->buf_ptr = bf->buffer;
1982     bf->buf_end = bf->buffer;
1983     bf->buffer[0] = CH_EOB; /* put eob symbol */
1984     pstrcpy(bf->filename, sizeof(bf->filename), filename);
1985 #ifdef _WIN32
1986     normalize_slashes(bf->filename);
1987 #endif
1988     bf->line_num = 1;
1989     bf->ifndef_macro = 0;
1990     bf->ifdef_stack_ptr = s1->ifdef_stack_ptr;
1991     //    printf("opening '%s'\n", filename);
1992     return bf;
1993 }
1994
1995 void tcc_close(BufferedFile *bf)
1996 {
1997     total_lines += bf->line_num;
1998     close(bf->fd);
1999     tcc_free(bf);
2000 }
2001
2002 /* fill input buffer and peek next char */
2003 static int tcc_peekc_slow(BufferedFile *bf)
2004 {
2005     int len;
2006     /* only tries to read if really end of buffer */
2007     if (bf->buf_ptr >= bf->buf_end) {
2008         if (bf->fd != -1) {
2009 #if defined(PARSE_DEBUG)
2010             len = 8;
2011 #else
2012             len = IO_BUF_SIZE;
2013 #endif
2014             len = read(bf->fd, bf->buffer, len);
2015             if (len < 0)
2016                 len = 0;
2017         } else {
2018             len = 0;
2019         }
2020         total_bytes += len;
2021         bf->buf_ptr = bf->buffer;
2022         bf->buf_end = bf->buffer + len;
2023         *bf->buf_end = CH_EOB;
2024     }
2025     if (bf->buf_ptr < bf->buf_end) {
2026         return bf->buf_ptr[0];
2027     } else {
2028         bf->buf_ptr = bf->buf_end;
2029         return CH_EOF;
2030     }
2031 }
2032
2033 /* return the current character, handling end of block if necessary
2034    (but not stray) */
2035 static int handle_eob(void)
2036 {
2037     return tcc_peekc_slow(file);
2038 }
2039
2040 /* read next char from current input file and handle end of input buffer */
2041 static inline void inp(void)
2042 {
2043     ch = *(++(file->buf_ptr));
2044     /* end of buffer/file handling */
2045     if (ch == CH_EOB)
2046         ch = handle_eob();
2047 }
2048
2049 /* handle '\[\r]\n' */
2050 static int handle_stray_noerror(void)
2051 {
2052     while (ch == '\\') {
2053         inp();
2054         if (ch == '\n') {
2055             file->line_num++;
2056             inp();
2057         } else if (ch == '\r') {
2058             inp();
2059             if (ch != '\n')
2060                 goto fail;
2061             file->line_num++;
2062             inp();
2063         } else {
2064         fail:
2065             return 1;
2066         }
2067     }
2068     return 0;
2069 }
2070
2071 static void handle_stray(void)
2072 {
2073     if (handle_stray_noerror())
2074         error("stray '\\' in program");
2075 }
2076
2077 /* skip the stray and handle the \\n case. Output an error if
2078    incorrect char after the stray */
2079 static int handle_stray1(uint8_t *p)
2080 {
2081     int c;
2082
2083     if (p >= file->buf_end) {
2084         file->buf_ptr = p;
2085         c = handle_eob();
2086         p = file->buf_ptr;
2087         if (c == '\\')
2088             goto parse_stray;
2089     } else {
2090     parse_stray:
2091         file->buf_ptr = p;
2092         ch = *p;
2093         handle_stray();
2094         p = file->buf_ptr;
2095         c = *p;
2096     }
2097     return c;
2098 }
2099
2100 /* handle just the EOB case, but not stray */
2101 #define PEEKC_EOB(c, p)\
2102 {\
2103     p++;\
2104     c = *p;\
2105     if (c == '\\') {\
2106         file->buf_ptr = p;\
2107         c = handle_eob();\
2108         p = file->buf_ptr;\
2109     }\
2110 }
2111
2112 /* handle the complicated stray case */
2113 #define PEEKC(c, p)\
2114 {\
2115     p++;\
2116     c = *p;\
2117     if (c == '\\') {\
2118         c = handle_stray1(p);\
2119         p = file->buf_ptr;\
2120     }\
2121 }
2122
2123 /* input with '\[\r]\n' handling. Note that this function cannot
2124    handle other characters after '\', so you cannot call it inside
2125    strings or comments */
2126 static void minp(void)
2127 {
2128     inp();
2129     if (ch == '\\')
2130         handle_stray();
2131 }
2132
2133
2134 /* single line C++ comments */
2135 static uint8_t *parse_line_comment(uint8_t *p)
2136 {
2137     int c;
2138
2139     p++;
2140     for(;;) {
2141         c = *p;
2142     redo:
2143         if (c == '\n' || c == CH_EOF) {
2144             break;
2145         } else if (c == '\\') {
2146             file->buf_ptr = p;
2147             c = handle_eob();
2148             p = file->buf_ptr;
2149             if (c == '\\') {
2150                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2151                 if (c == '\n') {
2152                     file->line_num++;
2153                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2154                 } else if (c == '\r') {
2155                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2156                     if (c == '\n') {
2157                         file->line_num++;
2158                         PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2159                     }
2160                 }
2161             } else {
2162                 goto redo;
2163             }
2164         } else {
2165             p++;
2166         }
2167     }
2168     return p;
2169 }
2170
2171 /* C comments */
2172 static uint8_t *parse_comment(uint8_t *p)
2173 {
2174     int c;
2175
2176     p++;
2177     for(;;) {
2178         /* fast skip loop */
2179         for(;;) {
2180             c = *p;
2181             if (c == '\n' || c == '*' || c == '\\')
2182                 break;
2183             p++;
2184             c = *p;
2185             if (c == '\n' || c == '*' || c == '\\')
2186                 break;
2187             p++;
2188         }
2189         /* now we can handle all the cases */
2190         if (c == '\n') {
2191             file->line_num++;
2192             p++;
2193         } else if (c == '*') {
2194             p++;
2195             for(;;) {
2196                 c = *p;
2197                 if (c == '*') {
2198                     p++;
2199                 } else if (c == '/') {
2200                     goto end_of_comment;
2201                 } else if (c == '\\') {
2202                     file->buf_ptr = p;
2203                     c = handle_eob();
2204                     p = file->buf_ptr;
2205                     if (c == '\\') {
2206                         /* skip '\[\r]\n', otherwise just skip the stray */
2207                         while (c == '\\') {
2208                             PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2209                             if (c == '\n') {
2210                                 file->line_num++;
2211                                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2212                             } else if (c == '\r') {
2213                                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2214                                 if (c == '\n') {
2215                                     file->line_num++;
2216                                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2217                                 }
2218                             } else {
2219                                 goto after_star;
2220                             }
2221                         }
2222                     }
2223                 } else {
2224                     break;
2225                 }
2226             }
2227         after_star: ;
2228         } else {
2229             /* stray, eob or eof */
2230             file->buf_ptr = p;
2231             c = handle_eob();
2232             p = file->buf_ptr;
2233             if (c == CH_EOF) {
2234                 error("unexpected end of file in comment");
2235             } else if (c == '\\') {
2236                 p++;
2237             }
2238         }
2239     }
2240  end_of_comment:
2241     p++;
2242     return p;
2243 }
2244
2245 #define cinp minp
2246
2247 /* space exlcuding newline */
2248 static inline int is_space(int ch)
2249 {
2250     return ch == ' ' || ch == '\t' || ch == '\v' || ch == '\f' || ch == '\r';
2251 }
2252
2253 static inline void skip_spaces(void)
2254 {
2255     while (is_space(ch))
2256         cinp();
2257 }
2258
2259 /* parse a string without interpreting escapes */
2260 static uint8_t *parse_pp_string(uint8_t *p,
2261                                 int sep, CString *str)
2262 {
2263     int c;
2264     p++;
2265     for(;;) {
2266         c = *p;
2267         if (c == sep) {
2268             break;
2269         } else if (c == '\\') {
2270             file->buf_ptr = p;
2271             c = handle_eob();
2272             p = file->buf_ptr;
2273             if (c == CH_EOF) {
2274             unterminated_string:
2275                 /* XXX: indicate line number of start of string */
2276                 error("missing terminating %c character", sep);
2277             } else if (c == '\\') {
2278                 /* escape : just skip \[\r]\n */
2279                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2280                 if (c == '\n') {
2281                     file->line_num++;
2282                     p++;
2283                 } else if (c == '\r') {
2284                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2285                     if (c != '\n')
2286                         expect("'\n' after '\r'");
2287                     file->line_num++;
2288                     p++;
2289                 } else if (c == CH_EOF) {
2290                     goto unterminated_string;
2291                 } else {
2292                     if (str) {
2293                         cstr_ccat(str, '\\');
2294                         cstr_ccat(str, c);
2295                     }
2296                     p++;
2297                 }
2298             }
2299         } else if (c == '\n') {
2300             file->line_num++;
2301             goto add_char;
2302         } else if (c == '\r') {
2303             PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2304             if (c != '\n') {
2305                 if (str)
2306                     cstr_ccat(str, '\r');
2307             } else {
2308                 file->line_num++;
2309                 goto add_char;
2310             }
2311         } else {
2312         add_char:
2313             if (str)
2314                 cstr_ccat(str, c);
2315             p++;
2316         }
2317     }
2318     p++;
2319     return p;
2320 }
2321
2322 /* skip block of text until #else, #elif or #endif. skip also pairs of
2323    #if/#endif */
2324 void preprocess_skip(void)
2325 {
2326     int a, start_of_line, c, in_warn_or_error;
2327     uint8_t *p;
2328
2329     p = file->buf_ptr;
2330     a = 0;
2331 redo_start:
2332     start_of_line = 1;
2333     in_warn_or_error = 0;
2334     for(;;) {
2335     redo_no_start:
2336         c = *p;
2337         switch(c) {
2338         case ' ':
2339         case '\t':
2340         case '\f':
2341         case '\v':
2342         case '\r':
2343             p++;
2344             goto redo_no_start;
2345         case '\n':
2346             file->line_num++;
2347             p++;
2348             goto redo_start;
2349         case '\\':
2350             file->buf_ptr = p;
2351             c = handle_eob();
2352             if (c == CH_EOF) {
2353                 expect("#endif");
2354             } else if (c == '\\') {
2355                 ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
2356                 handle_stray_noerror();
2357             }
2358             p = file->buf_ptr;
2359             goto redo_no_start;
2360         /* skip strings */
2361         case '\"':
2362         case '\'':
2363             if (in_warn_or_error)
2364                 goto _default;
2365             p = parse_pp_string(p, c, NULL);
2366             break;
2367         /* skip comments */
2368         case '/':
2369             if (in_warn_or_error)
2370                 goto _default;
2371             file->buf_ptr = p;
2372             ch = *p;
2373             minp();
2374             p = file->buf_ptr;
2375             if (ch == '*') {
2376                 p = parse_comment(p);
2377             } else if (ch == '/') {
2378                 p = parse_line_comment(p);
2379             }
2380             break;
2381         case '#':
2382             p++;
2383             if (start_of_line) {
2384                 file->buf_ptr = p;
2385                 next_nomacro();
2386                 p = file->buf_ptr;
2387                 if (a == 0 &&
2388                     (tok == TOK_ELSE || tok == TOK_ELIF || tok == TOK_ENDIF))
2389                     goto the_end;
2390                 if (tok == TOK_IF || tok == TOK_IFDEF || tok == TOK_IFNDEF)
2391                     a++;
2392                 else if (tok == TOK_ENDIF)
2393                     a--;
2394                 else if( tok == TOK_ERROR || tok == TOK_WARNING)
2395                     in_warn_or_error = 1;
2396             }
2397             break;
2398 _default:
2399         default:
2400             p++;
2401             break;
2402         }
2403         start_of_line = 0;
2404     }
2405  the_end: ;
2406     file->buf_ptr = p;
2407 }
2408
2409 /* ParseState handling */
2410
2411 /* XXX: currently, no include file info is stored. Thus, we cannot display
2412    accurate messages if the function or data definition spans multiple
2413    files */
2414
2415 /* save current parse state in 's' */
2416 void save_parse_state(ParseState *s)
2417 {
2418     s->line_num = file->line_num;
2419     s->macro_ptr = macro_ptr;
2420     s->tok = tok;
2421     s->tokc = tokc;
2422 }
2423
2424 /* restore parse state from 's' */
2425 void restore_parse_state(ParseState *s)
2426 {
2427     file->line_num = s->line_num;
2428     macro_ptr = s->macro_ptr;
2429     tok = s->tok;
2430     tokc = s->tokc;
2431 }
2432
2433 /* return the number of additional 'ints' necessary to store the
2434    token */
2435 static inline int tok_ext_size(int t)
2436 {
2437     switch(t) {
2438         /* 4 bytes */
2439     case TOK_CINT:
2440     case TOK_CUINT:
2441     case TOK_CCHAR:
2442     case TOK_LCHAR:
2443     case TOK_CFLOAT:
2444     case TOK_LINENUM:
2445         return 1;
2446     case TOK_STR:
2447     case TOK_LSTR:
2448     case TOK_PPNUM:
2449         error("unsupported token");
2450         return 1;
2451     case TOK_CDOUBLE:
2452     case TOK_CLLONG:
2453     case TOK_CULLONG:
2454         return 2;
2455     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
2456         return LDOUBLE_SIZE / 4;
2457     default:
2458         return 0;
2459     }
2460 }
2461
2462 /* token string handling */
2463
2464 static inline void tok_str_new(TokenString *s)
2465 {
2466     s->str = NULL;
2467     s->len = 0;
2468     s->allocated_len = 0;
2469     s->last_line_num = -1;
2470 }
2471
2472 static void tok_str_free(int *str)
2473 {
2474     tcc_free(str);
2475 }
2476
2477 static int *tok_str_realloc(TokenString *s)
2478 {
2479     int *str, len;
2480
2481     if (s->allocated_len == 0) {
2482         len = 8;
2483     } else {
2484         len = s->allocated_len * 2;
2485     }
2486     str = tcc_realloc(s->str, len * sizeof(int));
2487     if (!str)
2488         error("memory full");
2489     s->allocated_len = len;
2490     s->str = str;
2491     return str;
2492 }
2493
2494 static void tok_str_add(TokenString *s, int t)
2495 {
2496     int len, *str;
2497
2498     len = s->len;
2499     str = s->str;
2500     if (len >= s->allocated_len)
2501         str = tok_str_realloc(s);
2502     str[len++] = t;
2503     s->len = len;
2504 }
2505
2506 static void tok_str_add2(TokenString *s, int t, CValue *cv)
2507 {
2508     int len, *str;
2509
2510     len = s->len;
2511     str = s->str;
2512
2513     /* allocate space for worst case */
2514     if (len + TOK_MAX_SIZE > s->allocated_len)
2515         str = tok_str_realloc(s);
2516     str[len++] = t;
2517     switch(t) {
2518     case TOK_CINT:
2519     case TOK_CUINT:
2520     case TOK_CCHAR:
2521     case TOK_LCHAR:
2522     case TOK_CFLOAT:
2523     case TOK_LINENUM:
2524         str[len++] = cv->tab[0];
2525         break;
2526     case TOK_PPNUM:
2527     case TOK_STR:
2528     case TOK_LSTR:
2529         {
2530             int nb_words;
2531             CString *cstr;
2532
2533             nb_words = (sizeof(CString) + cv->cstr->size + 3) >> 2;
2534             while ((len + nb_words) > s->allocated_len)
2535                 str = tok_str_realloc(s);
2536             cstr = (CString *)(str + len);
2537             cstr->data = NULL;
2538             cstr->size = cv->cstr->size;
2539             cstr->data_allocated = NULL;
2540             cstr->size_allocated = cstr->size;
2541             memcpy((char *)cstr + sizeof(CString),
2542                    cv->cstr->data, cstr->size);
2543             len += nb_words;
2544         }
2545         break;
2546     case TOK_CDOUBLE:
2547     case TOK_CLLONG:
2548     case TOK_CULLONG:
2549 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE == 8
2550     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
2551 #endif
2552         str[len++] = cv->tab[0];
2553         str[len++] = cv->tab[1];
2554         break;
2555 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE == 12
2556     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
2557         str[len++] = cv->tab[0];
2558         str[len++] = cv->tab[1];
2559         str[len++] = cv->tab[2];
2560 #elif LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
2561 #error add long double size support
2562 #endif
2563         break;
2564     default:
2565         break;
2566     }
2567     s->len = len;
2568 }
2569
2570 /* add the current parse token in token string 's' */
2571 static void tok_str_add_tok(TokenString *s)
2572 {
2573     CValue cval;
2574
2575     /* save line number info */
2576     if (file->line_num != s->last_line_num) {
2577         s->last_line_num = file->line_num;
2578         cval.i = s->last_line_num;
2579         tok_str_add2(s, TOK_LINENUM, &cval);
2580     }
2581     tok_str_add2(s, tok, &tokc);
2582 }
2583
2584 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE == 12
2585 #define LDOUBLE_GET(p, cv)                      \
2586         cv.tab[0] = p[0];                       \
2587         cv.tab[1] = p[1];                       \
2588         cv.tab[2] = p[2];
2589 #elif LDOUBLE_SIZE == 8
2590 #define LDOUBLE_GET(p, cv)                      \
2591         cv.tab[0] = p[0];                       \
2592         cv.tab[1] = p[1];
2593 #else
2594 #error add long double size support
2595 #endif
2596
2597
2598 /* get a token from an integer array and increment pointer
2599    accordingly. we code it as a macro to avoid pointer aliasing. */
2600 #define TOK_GET(t, p, cv)                       \
2601 {                                               \
2602     t = *p++;                                   \
2603     switch(t) {                                 \
2604     case TOK_CINT:                              \
2605     case TOK_CUINT:                             \
2606     case TOK_CCHAR:                             \
2607     case TOK_LCHAR:                             \
2608     case TOK_CFLOAT:                            \
2609     case TOK_LINENUM:                           \
2610         cv.tab[0] = *p++;                       \
2611         break;                                  \
2612     case TOK_STR:                               \
2613     case TOK_LSTR:                              \
2614     case TOK_PPNUM:                             \
2615         cv.cstr = (CString *)p;                 \
2616         cv.cstr->data = (char *)p + sizeof(CString);\
2617         p += (sizeof(CString) + cv.cstr->size + 3) >> 2;\
2618         break;                                  \
2619     case TOK_CDOUBLE:                           \
2620     case TOK_CLLONG:                            \
2621     case TOK_CULLONG:                           \
2622         cv.tab[0] = p[0];                       \
2623         cv.tab[1] = p[1];                       \
2624         p += 2;                                 \
2625         break;                                  \
2626     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:                          \
2627         LDOUBLE_GET(p, cv);                     \
2628         p += LDOUBLE_SIZE / 4;                  \
2629         break;                                  \
2630     default:                                    \
2631         break;                                  \
2632     }                                           \
2633 }
2634
2635 /* defines handling */
2636 static inline void define_push(int v, int macro_type, int *str, Sym *first_arg)
2637 {
2638     Sym *s;
2639
2640     s = sym_push2(&define_stack, v, macro_type, (int)str);
2641     s->next = first_arg;
2642     table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_define = s;
2643 }
2644
2645 /* undefined a define symbol. Its name is just set to zero */
2646 static void define_undef(Sym *s)
2647 {
2648     int v;
2649     v = s->v;
2650     if (v >= TOK_IDENT && v < tok_ident)
2651         table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_define = NULL;
2652     s->v = 0;
2653 }
2654
2655 static inline Sym *define_find(int v)
2656 {
2657     v -= TOK_IDENT;
2658     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
2659         return NULL;
2660     return table_ident[v]->sym_define;
2661 }
2662
2663 /* free define stack until top reaches 'b' */
2664 static void free_defines(Sym *b)
2665 {
2666     Sym *top, *top1;
2667     int v;
2668
2669     top = define_stack;
2670     while (top != b) {
2671         top1 = top->prev;
2672         /* do not free args or predefined defines */
2673         if (top->c)
2674             tok_str_free((int *)top->c);
2675         v = top->v;
2676         if (v >= TOK_IDENT && v < tok_ident)
2677             table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_define = NULL;
2678         sym_free(top);
2679         top = top1;
2680     }
2681     define_stack = b;
2682 }
2683
2684 /* label lookup */
2685 static Sym *label_find(int v)
2686 {
2687     v -= TOK_IDENT;
2688     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
2689         return NULL;
2690     return table_ident[v]->sym_label;
2691 }
2692
2693 static Sym *label_push(Sym **ptop, int v, int flags)
2694 {
2695     Sym *s, **ps;
2696     s = sym_push2(ptop, v, 0, 0);
2697     s->r = flags;
2698     ps = &table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_label;
2699     if (ptop == &global_label_stack) {
2700         /* modify the top most local identifier, so that
2701            sym_identifier will point to 's' when popped */
2702         while (*ps != NULL)
2703             ps = &(*ps)->prev_tok;
2704     }
2705     s->prev_tok = *ps;
2706     *ps = s;
2707     return s;
2708 }
2709
2710 /* pop labels until element last is reached. Look if any labels are
2711    undefined. Define symbols if '&&label' was used. */
2712 static void label_pop(Sym **ptop, Sym *slast)
2713 {
2714     Sym *s, *s1;
2715     for(s = *ptop; s != slast; s = s1) {
2716         s1 = s->prev;
2717         if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED) {
2718             warning("label '%s' declared but not used", get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
2719         } else if (s->r == LABEL_FORWARD) {
2720                 error("label '%s' used but not defined",
2721                       get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
2722         } else {
2723             if (s->c) {
2724                 /* define corresponding symbol. A size of
2725                    1 is put. */
2726                 put_extern_sym(s, cur_text_section, (long)s->next, 1);
2727             }
2728         }
2729         /* remove label */
2730         table_ident[s->v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_label = s->prev_tok;
2731         sym_free(s);
2732     }
2733     *ptop = slast;
2734 }
2735
2736 /* eval an expression for #if/#elif */
2737 static int expr_preprocess(void)
2738 {
2739     int c, t;
2740     TokenString str;
2741
2742     tok_str_new(&str);
2743     while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED && tok != TOK_EOF) {
2744         next(); /* do macro subst */
2745         if (tok == TOK_DEFINED) {
2746             next_nomacro();
2747             t = tok;
2748             if (t == '(')
2749                 next_nomacro();
2750             c = define_find(tok) != 0;
2751             if (t == '(')
2752                 next_nomacro();
2753             tok = TOK_CINT;
2754             tokc.i = c;
2755         } else if (tok >= TOK_IDENT) {
2756             /* if undefined macro */
2757             tok = TOK_CINT;
2758             tokc.i = 0;
2759         }
2760         tok_str_add_tok(&str);
2761     }
2762     tok_str_add(&str, -1); /* simulate end of file */
2763     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
2764     /* now evaluate C constant expression */
2765     macro_ptr = str.str;
2766     next();
2767     c = expr_const();
2768     macro_ptr = NULL;
2769     tok_str_free(str.str);
2770     return c != 0;
2771 }
2772
2773 #if defined(PARSE_DEBUG) || defined(PP_DEBUG)
2774 static void tok_print(int *str)
2775 {
2776     int t;
2777     CValue cval;
2778
2779     while (1) {
2780         TOK_GET(t, str, cval);
2781         if (!t)
2782             break;
2783         printf(" %s", get_tok_str(t, &cval));
2784     }
2785     printf("\n");
2786 }
2787 #endif
2788
2789 /* parse after #define */
2790 static void parse_define(void)
2791 {
2792     Sym *s, *first, **ps;
2793     int v, t, varg, is_vaargs, c;
2794     TokenString str;
2795
2796     v = tok;
2797     if (v < TOK_IDENT)
2798         error("invalid macro name '%s'", get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
2799     /* XXX: should check if same macro (ANSI) */
2800     first = NULL;
2801     t = MACRO_OBJ;
2802     /* '(' must be just after macro definition for MACRO_FUNC */
2803     c = file->buf_ptr[0];
2804     if (c == '\\')
2805         c = handle_stray1(file->buf_ptr);
2806     if (c == '(') {
2807         next_nomacro();
2808         next_nomacro();
2809         ps = &first;
2810         while (tok != ')') {
2811             varg = tok;
2812             next_nomacro();
2813             is_vaargs = 0;
2814             if (varg == TOK_DOTS) {
2815                 varg = TOK___VA_ARGS__;
2816                 is_vaargs = 1;
2817             } else if (tok == TOK_DOTS && gnu_ext) {
2818                 is_vaargs = 1;
2819                 next_nomacro();
2820             }
2821             if (varg < TOK_IDENT)
2822                 error("badly punctuated parameter list");
2823             s = sym_push2(&define_stack, varg | SYM_FIELD, is_vaargs, 0);
2824             *ps = s;
2825             ps = &s->next;
2826             if (tok != ',')
2827                 break;
2828             next_nomacro();
2829         }
2830         t = MACRO_FUNC;
2831     }
2832     tok_str_new(&str);
2833     next_nomacro();
2834     /* EOF testing necessary for '-D' handling */
2835     while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED && tok != TOK_EOF) {
2836         tok_str_add2(&str, tok, &tokc);
2837         next_nomacro();
2838     }
2839     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
2840 #ifdef PP_DEBUG
2841     printf("define %s %d: ", get_tok_str(v, NULL), t);
2842     tok_print(str.str);
2843 #endif
2844     define_push(v, t, str.str, first);
2845 }
2846
2847 static inline int hash_cached_include(int type, const char *filename)
2848 {
2849     const unsigned char *s;
2850     unsigned int h;
2851
2852     h = TOK_HASH_INIT;
2853     h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, type);
2854     s = filename;
2855     while (*s) {
2856         h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, *s);
2857         s++;
2858     }
2859     h &= (CACHED_INCLUDES_HASH_SIZE - 1);
2860     return h;
2861 }
2862
2863 /* XXX: use a token or a hash table to accelerate matching ? */
2864 static CachedInclude *search_cached_include(TCCState *s1,
2865                                             int type, const char *filename)
2866 {
2867     CachedInclude *e;
2868     int i, h;
2869     h = hash_cached_include(type, filename);
2870     i = s1->cached_includes_hash[h];
2871     for(;;) {
2872         if (i == 0)
2873             break;
2874         e = s1->cached_includes[i - 1];
2875         if (e->type == type && !strcmp(e->filename, filename))
2876             return e;
2877         i = e->hash_next;
2878     }
2879     return NULL;
2880 }
2881
2882 static inline void add_cached_include(TCCState *s1, int type,
2883                                       const char *filename, int ifndef_macro)
2884 {
2885     CachedInclude *e;
2886     int h;
2887
2888     if (search_cached_include(s1, type, filename))
2889         return;
2890 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
2891     printf("adding cached '%s' %s\n", filename, get_tok_str(ifndef_macro, NULL));
2892 #endif
2893     e = tcc_malloc(sizeof(CachedInclude) + strlen(filename));
2894     if (!e)
2895         return;
2896     e->type = type;
2897     strcpy(e->filename, filename);
2898     e->ifndef_macro = ifndef_macro;
2899     dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->cached_includes, &s1->nb_cached_includes, e);
2900     /* add in hash table */
2901     h = hash_cached_include(type, filename);
2902     e->hash_next = s1->cached_includes_hash[h];
2903     s1->cached_includes_hash[h] = s1->nb_cached_includes;
2904 }
2905
2906 static void pragma_parse(TCCState *s1)
2907 {
2908     int val;
2909
2910     next();
2911     if (tok == TOK_pack) {
2912         /*
2913           This may be:
2914           #pragma pack(1) // set
2915           #pragma pack() // reset to default
2916           #pragma pack(push,1) // push & set
2917           #pragma pack(pop) // restore previous
2918         */
2919         next();
2920         skip('(');
2921         if (tok == TOK_ASM_pop) {
2922             next();
2923             if (s1->pack_stack_ptr <= s1->pack_stack) {
2924             stk_error:
2925                 error("out of pack stack");
2926             }
2927             s1->pack_stack_ptr--;
2928         } else {
2929             val = 0;
2930             if (tok != ')') {
2931                 if (tok == TOK_ASM_push) {
2932                     next();
2933                     if (s1->pack_stack_ptr >= s1->pack_stack + PACK_STACK_SIZE - 1)
2934                         goto stk_error;
2935                     s1->pack_stack_ptr++;
2936                     skip(',');
2937                 }
2938                 if (tok != TOK_CINT) {
2939                 pack_error:
2940                     error("invalid pack pragma");
2941                 }
2942                 val = tokc.i;
2943                 if (val < 1 || val > 16 || (val & (val - 1)) != 0)
2944                     goto pack_error;
2945                 next();
2946             }
2947             *s1->pack_stack_ptr = val;
2948             skip(')');
2949         }
2950     }
2951 }
2952
2953 /* is_bof is true if first non space token at beginning of file */
2954 static void preprocess(int is_bof)
2955 {
2956     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
2957     int size, i, c, n, saved_parse_flags;
2958     char buf[1024], *q;
2959     char buf1[1024];
2960     BufferedFile *f;
2961     Sym *s;
2962     CachedInclude *e;
2963
2964     saved_parse_flags = parse_flags;
2965     parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS | PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM |
2966         PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED;
2967     next_nomacro();
2968  redo:
2969     switch(tok) {
2970     case TOK_DEFINE:
2971         next_nomacro();
2972         parse_define();
2973         break;
2974     case TOK_UNDEF:
2975         next_nomacro();
2976         s = define_find(tok);
2977         /* undefine symbol by putting an invalid name */
2978         if (s)
2979             define_undef(s);
2980         break;
2981     case TOK_INCLUDE:
2982     case TOK_INCLUDE_NEXT:
2983         ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
2984         /* XXX: incorrect if comments : use next_nomacro with a special mode */
2985         skip_spaces();
2986         if (ch == '<') {
2987             c = '>';
2988             goto read_name;
2989         } else if (ch == '\"') {
2990             c = ch;
2991         read_name:
2992             inp();
2993             q = buf;
2994             while (ch != c && ch != '\n' && ch != CH_EOF) {
2995                 if ((q - buf) < sizeof(buf) - 1)
2996                     *q++ = ch;
2997                 if (ch == '\\') {
2998                     if (handle_stray_noerror() == 0)
2999                         --q;
3000                 } else
3001                     inp();
3002             }
3003             *q = '\0';
3004             minp();
3005 #if 0
3006             /* eat all spaces and comments after include */
3007             /* XXX: slightly incorrect */
3008             while (ch1 != '\n' && ch1 != CH_EOF)
3009                 inp();
3010 #endif
3011         } else {
3012             /* computed #include : either we have only strings or
3013                we have anything enclosed in '<>' */
3014             next();
3015             buf[0] = '\0';
3016             if (tok == TOK_STR) {
3017                 while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED) {
3018                     if (tok != TOK_STR) {
3019                     include_syntax:
3020                         error("'#include' expects \"FILENAME\" or <FILENAME>");
3021                     }
3022                     pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), (char *)tokc.cstr->data);
3023                     next();
3024                 }
3025                 c = '\"';
3026             } else {
3027                 int len;
3028                 while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED) {
3029                     pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
3030                     next();
3031                 }
3032                 len = strlen(buf);
3033                 /* check syntax and remove '<>' */
3034                 if (len < 2 || buf[0] != '<' || buf[len - 1] != '>')
3035                     goto include_syntax;
3036                 memmove(buf, buf + 1, len - 2);
3037                 buf[len - 2] = '\0';
3038                 c = '>';
3039             }
3040         }
3041
3042         e = search_cached_include(s1, c, buf);
3043         if (e && define_find(e->ifndef_macro)) {
3044             /* no need to parse the include because the 'ifndef macro'
3045                is defined */
3046 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3047             printf("%s: skipping %s\n", file->filename, buf);
3048 #endif
3049         } else {
3050             if (s1->include_stack_ptr >= s1->include_stack + INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE)
3051                 error("#include recursion too deep");
3052             /* push current file in stack */
3053             /* XXX: fix current line init */
3054             *s1->include_stack_ptr++ = file;
3055             if (c == '\"') {
3056                 /* first search in current dir if "header.h" */
3057                 size = tcc_basename(file->filename) - file->filename;
3058                 if (size > sizeof(buf1) - 1)
3059                     size = sizeof(buf1) - 1;
3060                 memcpy(buf1, file->filename, size);
3061                 buf1[size] = '\0';
3062                 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), buf);
3063                 f = tcc_open(s1, buf1);
3064                 if (f) {
3065                     if (tok == TOK_INCLUDE_NEXT)
3066                         tok = TOK_INCLUDE;
3067                     else
3068                         goto found;
3069                 }
3070             }
3071             /* now search in all the include paths */
3072             n = s1->nb_include_paths + s1->nb_sysinclude_paths;
3073             for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {
3074                 const char *path;
3075                 if (i < s1->nb_include_paths)
3076                     path = s1->include_paths[i];
3077                 else
3078                     path = s1->sysinclude_paths[i - s1->nb_include_paths];
3079                 pstrcpy(buf1, sizeof(buf1), path);
3080                 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "/");
3081                 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), buf);
3082                 f = tcc_open(s1, buf1);
3083                 if (f) {
3084                     if (tok == TOK_INCLUDE_NEXT)
3085                         tok = TOK_INCLUDE;
3086                     else
3087                         goto found;
3088                 }
3089             }
3090             --s1->include_stack_ptr;
3091             error("include file '%s' not found", buf);
3092             break;
3093         found:
3094 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3095             printf("%s: including %s\n", file->filename, buf1);
3096 #endif
3097             f->inc_type = c;
3098             pstrcpy(f->inc_filename, sizeof(f->inc_filename), buf);
3099             file = f;
3100             /* add include file debug info */
3101             if (do_debug) {
3102                 put_stabs(file->filename, N_BINCL, 0, 0, 0);
3103             }
3104             tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_BOF | TOK_FLAG_BOL;
3105             ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
3106             goto the_end;
3107         }
3108         break;
3109     case TOK_IFNDEF:
3110         c = 1;
3111         goto do_ifdef;
3112     case TOK_IF:
3113         c = expr_preprocess();
3114         goto do_if;
3115     case TOK_IFDEF:
3116         c = 0;
3117     do_ifdef:
3118         next_nomacro();
3119         if (tok < TOK_IDENT)
3120             error("invalid argument for '#if%sdef'", c ? "n" : "");
3121         if (is_bof) {
3122             if (c) {
3123 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3124                 printf("#ifndef %s\n", get_tok_str(tok, NULL));
3125 #endif
3126                 file->ifndef_macro = tok;
3127             }
3128         }
3129         c = (define_find(tok) != 0) ^ c;
3130     do_if:
3131         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr >= s1->ifdef_stack + IFDEF_STACK_SIZE)
3132             error("memory full");
3133         *s1->ifdef_stack_ptr++ = c;
3134         goto test_skip;
3135     case TOK_ELSE:
3136         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr == s1->ifdef_stack)
3137             error("#else without matching #if");
3138         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1] & 2)
3139             error("#else after #else");
3140         c = (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1] ^= 3);
3141         goto test_skip;
3142     case TOK_ELIF:
3143         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr == s1->ifdef_stack)
3144             error("#elif without matching #if");
3145         c = s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1];
3146         if (c > 1)
3147             error("#elif after #else");
3148         /* last #if/#elif expression was true: we skip */
3149         if (c == 1)
3150             goto skip;
3151         c = expr_preprocess();
3152         s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1] = c;
3153     test_skip:
3154         if (!(c & 1)) {
3155         skip:
3156             preprocess_skip();
3157             is_bof = 0;
3158             goto redo;
3159         }
3160         break;
3161     case TOK_ENDIF:
3162         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr <= file->ifdef_stack_ptr)
3163             error("#endif without matching #if");
3164         s1->ifdef_stack_ptr--;
3165         /* '#ifndef macro' was at the start of file. Now we check if
3166            an '#endif' is exactly at the end of file */
3167         if (file->ifndef_macro &&
3168             s1->ifdef_stack_ptr == file->ifdef_stack_ptr) {
3169             file->ifndef_macro_saved = file->ifndef_macro;
3170             /* need to set to zero to avoid false matches if another
3171                #ifndef at middle of file */
3172             file->ifndef_macro = 0;
3173             while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED)
3174                 next_nomacro();
3175             tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_ENDIF;
3176             goto the_end;
3177         }
3178         break;
3179     case TOK_LINE:
3180         next();
3181         if (tok != TOK_CINT)
3182             error("#line");
3183         file->line_num = tokc.i - 1; /* the line number will be incremented after */
3184         next();
3185         if (tok != TOK_LINEFEED) {
3186             if (tok != TOK_STR)
3187                 error("#line");
3188             pstrcpy(file->filename, sizeof(file->filename),
3189                     (char *)tokc.cstr->data);
3190         }
3191         break;
3192     case TOK_ERROR:
3193     case TOK_WARNING:
3194         c = tok;
3195         ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
3196         skip_spaces();
3197         q = buf;
3198         while (ch != '\n' && ch != CH_EOF) {
3199             if ((q - buf) < sizeof(buf) - 1)
3200                 *q++ = ch;
3201             if (ch == '\\') {
3202                 if (handle_stray_noerror() == 0)
3203                     --q;
3204             } else
3205                 inp();
3206         }
3207         *q = '\0';
3208         if (c == TOK_ERROR)
3209             error("#error %s", buf);
3210         else
3211             warning("#warning %s", buf);
3212         break;
3213     case TOK_PRAGMA:
3214         pragma_parse(s1);
3215         break;
3216     default:
3217         if (tok == TOK_LINEFEED || tok == '!' || tok == TOK_CINT) {
3218             /* '!' is ignored to allow C scripts. numbers are ignored
3219                to emulate cpp behaviour */
3220         } else {
3221             if (!(saved_parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS))
3222                 warning("Ignoring unknown preprocessing directive #%s", get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
3223         }
3224         break;
3225     }
3226     /* ignore other preprocess commands or #! for C scripts */
3227     while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED)
3228         next_nomacro();
3229  the_end:
3230     parse_flags = saved_parse_flags;
3231 }
3232
3233 /* evaluate escape codes in a string. */
3234 static void parse_escape_string(CString *outstr, const uint8_t *buf, int is_long)
3235 {
3236     int c, n;
3237     const uint8_t *p;
3238
3239     p = buf;
3240     for(;;) {
3241         c = *p;
3242         if (c == '\0')
3243             break;
3244         if (c == '\\') {
3245             p++;
3246             /* escape */
3247             c = *p;
3248             switch(c) {
3249             case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
3250             case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
3251                 /* at most three octal digits */
3252                 n = c - '0';
3253                 p++;
3254                 c = *p;
3255                 if (isoct(c)) {
3256                     n = n * 8 + c - '0';
3257                     p++;
3258                     c = *p;
3259                     if (isoct(c)) {
3260                         n = n * 8 + c - '0';
3261                         p++;
3262                     }
3263                 }
3264                 c = n;
3265                 goto add_char_nonext;
3266             case 'x':
3267             case 'u':
3268             case 'U':
3269                 p++;
3270                 n = 0;
3271                 for(;;) {
3272                     c = *p;
3273                     if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
3274                         c = c - 'a' + 10;
3275                     else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')
3276                         c = c - 'A' + 10;
3277                     else if (isnum(c))
3278                         c = c - '0';
3279                     else
3280                         break;
3281                     n = n * 16 + c;
3282                     p++;
3283                 }
3284                 c = n;
3285                 goto add_char_nonext;
3286             case 'a':
3287                 c = '\a';
3288                 break;
3289             case 'b':
3290                 c = '\b';
3291                 break;
3292             case 'f':
3293                 c = '\f';
3294                 break;
3295             case 'n':
3296                 c = '\n';
3297                 break;
3298             case 'r':
3299                 c = '\r';
3300                 break;
3301             case 't':
3302                 c = '\t';
3303                 break;
3304             case 'v':
3305                 c = '\v';
3306                 break;
3307             case 'e':
3308                 if (!gnu_ext)
3309                     goto invalid_escape;
3310                 c = 27;
3311                 break;
3312             case '\'':
3313             case '\"':
3314             case '\\':
3315             case '?':
3316                 break;
3317             default:
3318             invalid_escape:
3319                 if (c >= '!' && c <= '~')
3320                     warning("unknown escape sequence: \'\\%c\'", c);
3321                 else
3322                     warning("unknown escape sequence: \'\\x%x\'", c);
3323                 break;
3324             }
3325         }
3326         p++;
3327     add_char_nonext:
3328         if (!is_long)
3329             cstr_ccat(outstr, c);
3330         else
3331             cstr_wccat(outstr, c);
3332     }
3333     /* add a trailing '\0' */
3334     if (!is_long)
3335         cstr_ccat(outstr, '\0');
3336     else
3337         cstr_wccat(outstr, '\0');
3338 }
3339
3340 /* we use 64 bit numbers */
3341 #define BN_SIZE 2
3342
3343 /* bn = (bn << shift) | or_val */
3344 void bn_lshift(unsigned int *bn, int shift, int or_val)
3345 {
3346     int i;
3347     unsigned int v;
3348     for(i=0;i<BN_SIZE;i++) {
3349         v = bn[i];
3350         bn[i] = (v << shift) | or_val;
3351         or_val = v >> (32 - shift);
3352     }
3353 }
3354
3355 void bn_zero(unsigned int *bn)
3356 {
3357     int i;
3358     for(i=0;i<BN_SIZE;i++) {
3359         bn[i] = 0;
3360     }
3361 }
3362
3363 /* parse number in null terminated string 'p' and return it in the
3364    current token */
3365 void parse_number(const char *p)
3366 {
3367     int b, t, shift, frac_bits, s, exp_val, ch;
3368     char *q;
3369     unsigned int bn[BN_SIZE];
3370     double d;
3371
3372     /* number */
3373     q = token_buf;
3374     ch = *p++;
3375     t = ch;
3376     ch = *p++;
3377     *q++ = t;
3378     b = 10;
3379     if (t == '.') {
3380         goto float_frac_parse;
3381     } else if (t == '0') {
3382         if (ch == 'x' || ch == 'X') {
3383             q--;
3384             ch = *p++;
3385             b = 16;
3386         } else if (tcc_ext && (ch == 'b' || ch == 'B')) {
3387             q--;
3388             ch = *p++;
3389             b = 2;
3390         }
3391     }
3392     /* parse all digits. cannot check octal numbers at this stage
3393        because of floating point constants */
3394     while (1) {
3395         if (ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'f')
3396             t = ch - 'a' + 10;
3397         else if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'F')
3398             t = ch - 'A' + 10;
3399         else if (isnum(ch))
3400             t = ch - '0';
3401         else
3402             break;
3403         if (t >= b)
3404             break;
3405         if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE) {
3406         num_too_long:
3407             error("number too long");
3408         }
3409         *q++ = ch;
3410         ch = *p++;
3411     }
3412     if (ch == '.' ||
3413         ((ch == 'e' || ch == 'E') && b == 10) ||
3414         ((ch == 'p' || ch == 'P') && (b == 16 || b == 2))) {
3415         if (b != 10) {
3416             /* NOTE: strtox should support that for hexa numbers, but
3417                non ISOC99 libcs do not support it, so we prefer to do
3418                it by hand */
3419             /* hexadecimal or binary floats */
3420             /* XXX: handle overflows */
3421             *q = '\0';
3422             if (b == 16)
3423                 shift = 4;
3424             else
3425                 shift = 2;
3426             bn_zero(bn);
3427             q = token_buf;
3428             while (1) {
3429                 t = *q++;
3430                 if (t == '\0') {
3431                     break;
3432                 } else if (t >= 'a') {
3433                     t = t - 'a' + 10;
3434                 } else if (t >= 'A') {
3435                     t = t - 'A' + 10;
3436                 } else {
3437                     t = t - '0';
3438                 }
3439                 bn_lshift(bn, shift, t);
3440             }
3441             frac_bits = 0;
3442             if (ch == '.') {
3443                 ch = *p++;
3444                 while (1) {
3445                     t = ch;
3446                     if (t >= 'a' && t <= 'f') {
3447                         t = t - 'a' + 10;
3448                     } else if (t >= 'A' && t <= 'F') {
3449                         t = t - 'A' + 10;
3450                     } else if (t >= '0' && t <= '9') {
3451                         t = t - '0';
3452                     } else {
3453                         break;
3454                     }
3455                     if (t >= b)
3456                         error("invalid digit");
3457                     bn_lshift(bn, shift, t);
3458                     frac_bits += shift;
3459                     ch = *p++;
3460                 }
3461             }
3462             if (ch != 'p' && ch != 'P')
3463                 expect("exponent");
3464             ch = *p++;
3465             s = 1;
3466             exp_val = 0;
3467             if (ch == '+') {
3468                 ch = *p++;
3469             } else if (ch == '-') {
3470                 s = -1;
3471                 ch = *p++;
3472             }
3473             if (ch < '0' || ch > '9')
3474                 expect("exponent digits");
3475             while (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') {
3476                 exp_val = exp_val * 10 + ch - '0';
3477                 ch = *p++;
3478             }
3479             exp_val = exp_val * s;
3480
3481             /* now we can generate the number */
3482             /* XXX: should patch directly float number */
3483             d = (double)bn[1] * 4294967296.0 + (double)bn[0];
3484             d = ldexp(d, exp_val - frac_bits);
3485             t = toup(ch);
3486             if (t == 'F') {
3487                 ch = *p++;
3488                 tok = TOK_CFLOAT;
3489                 /* float : should handle overflow */
3490                 tokc.f = (float)d;
3491             } else if (t == 'L') {
3492                 ch = *p++;
3493                 tok = TOK_CLDOUBLE;
3494                 /* XXX: not large enough */
3495                 tokc.ld = (long double)d;
3496             } else {
3497                 tok = TOK_CDOUBLE;
3498                 tokc.d = d;
3499             }
3500         } else {
3501             /* decimal floats */
3502             if (ch == '.') {
3503                 if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3504                     goto num_too_long;
3505                 *q++ = ch;
3506                 ch = *p++;
3507             float_frac_parse:
3508                 while (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') {
3509                     if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3510                         goto num_too_long;
3511                     *q++ = ch;
3512                     ch = *p++;
3513                 }
3514             }
3515             if (ch == 'e' || ch == 'E') {
3516                 if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3517                     goto num_too_long;
3518                 *q++ = ch;
3519                 ch = *p++;
3520                 if (ch == '-' || ch == '+') {
3521                     if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3522                         goto num_too_long;
3523                     *q++ = ch;
3524                     ch = *p++;
3525                 }
3526                 if (ch < '0' || ch > '9')
3527                     expect("exponent digits");
3528                 while (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') {
3529                     if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3530                         goto num_too_long;
3531                     *q++ = ch;
3532                     ch = *p++;
3533                 }
3534             }
3535             *q = '\0';
3536             t = toup(ch);
3537             errno = 0;
3538             if (t == 'F') {
3539                 ch = *p++;
3540                 tok = TOK_CFLOAT;
3541                 tokc.f = strtof(token_buf, NULL);
3542             } else if (t == 'L') {
3543                 ch = *p++;
3544                 tok = TOK_CLDOUBLE;
3545                 tokc.ld = strtold(token_buf, NULL);
3546             } else {
3547                 tok = TOK_CDOUBLE;
3548                 tokc.d = strtod(token_buf, NULL);
3549             }
3550         }
3551     } else {
3552         unsigned long long n, n1;
3553         int lcount, ucount;
3554
3555         /* integer number */
3556         *q = '\0';
3557         q = token_buf;
3558         if (b == 10 && *q == '0') {
3559             b = 8;
3560             q++;
3561         }
3562         n = 0;
3563         while(1) {
3564             t = *q++;
3565             /* no need for checks except for base 10 / 8 errors */
3566             if (t == '\0') {
3567                 break;
3568             } else if (t >= 'a') {
3569                 t = t - 'a' + 10;
3570             } else if (t >= 'A') {
3571                 t = t - 'A' + 10;
3572             } else {
3573                 t = t - '0';
3574                 if (t >= b)
3575                     error("invalid digit");
3576             }
3577             n1 = n;
3578             n = n * b + t;
3579             /* detect overflow */
3580             /* XXX: this test is not reliable */
3581             if (n < n1)
3582                 error("integer constant overflow");
3583         }
3584
3585         /* XXX: not exactly ANSI compliant */
3586         if ((n & 0xffffffff00000000LL) != 0) {
3587             if ((n >> 63) != 0)
3588                 tok = TOK_CULLONG;
3589             else
3590                 tok = TOK_CLLONG;
3591         } else if (n > 0x7fffffff) {
3592             tok = TOK_CUINT;
3593         } else {
3594             tok = TOK_CINT;
3595         }
3596         lcount = 0;
3597         ucount = 0;
3598         for(;;) {
3599             t = toup(ch);
3600             if (t == 'L') {
3601                 if (lcount >= 2)
3602                     error("three 'l's in integer constant");
3603                 lcount++;
3604                 if (lcount == 2) {
3605                     if (tok == TOK_CINT)
3606                         tok = TOK_CLLONG;
3607                     else if (tok == TOK_CUINT)
3608                         tok = TOK_CULLONG;
3609                 }
3610                 ch = *p++;
3611             } else if (t == 'U') {
3612                 if (ucount >= 1)
3613                     error("two 'u's in integer constant");
3614                 ucount++;
3615                 if (tok == TOK_CINT)
3616                     tok = TOK_CUINT;
3617                 else if (tok == TOK_CLLONG)
3618                     tok = TOK_CULLONG;
3619                 ch = *p++;
3620             } else {
3621                 break;
3622             }
3623         }
3624         if (tok == TOK_CINT || tok == TOK_CUINT)
3625             tokc.ui = n;
3626         else
3627             tokc.ull = n;
3628     }
3629 }
3630
3631
3632 #define PARSE2(c1, tok1, c2, tok2)              \
3633     case c1:                                    \
3634         PEEKC(c, p);                            \
3635         if (c == c2) {                          \
3636             p++;                                \
3637             tok = tok2;                         \
3638         } else {                                \
3639             tok = tok1;                         \
3640         }                                       \
3641         break;
3642
3643 /* return next token without macro substitution */
3644 static inline void next_nomacro1(void)
3645 {
3646     int t, c, is_long;
3647     TokenSym *ts;
3648     uint8_t *p, *p1;
3649     unsigned int h;
3650
3651     p = file->buf_ptr;
3652  redo_no_start:
3653     c = *p;
3654     switch(c) {
3655     case ' ':
3656     case '\t':
3657     case '\f':
3658     case '\v':
3659     case '\r':
3660         p++;
3661         goto redo_no_start;
3662
3663     case '\\':
3664         /* first look if it is in fact an end of buffer */
3665         if (p >= file->buf_end) {
3666             file->buf_ptr = p;
3667             handle_eob();
3668             p = file->buf_ptr;
3669             if (p >= file->buf_end)
3670                 goto parse_eof;
3671             else
3672                 goto redo_no_start;
3673         } else {
3674             file->buf_ptr = p;
3675             ch = *p;
3676             handle_stray();
3677             p = file->buf_ptr;
3678             goto redo_no_start;
3679         }
3680     parse_eof:
3681         {
3682             TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
3683             if ((parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED)
3684                 && !(tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_EOF)) {
3685                 tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_EOF;
3686                 tok = TOK_LINEFEED;
3687                 goto keep_tok_flags;
3688             } else if (s1->include_stack_ptr == s1->include_stack ||
3689                        !(parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS)) {
3690                 /* no include left : end of file. */
3691                 tok = TOK_EOF;
3692             } else {
3693                 tok_flags &= ~TOK_FLAG_EOF;
3694                 /* pop include file */
3695
3696                 /* test if previous '#endif' was after a #ifdef at
3697                    start of file */
3698                 if (tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_ENDIF) {
3699 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3700                     printf("#endif %s\n", get_tok_str(file->ifndef_macro_saved, NULL));
3701 #endif
3702                     add_cached_include(s1, file->inc_type, file->inc_filename,
3703                                        file->ifndef_macro_saved);
3704                 }
3705
3706                 /* add end of include file debug info */
3707                 if (do_debug) {
3708                     put_stabd(N_EINCL, 0, 0);
3709                 }
3710                 /* pop include stack */
3711                 tcc_close(file);
3712                 s1->include_stack_ptr--;
3713                 file = *s1->include_stack_ptr;
3714                 p = file->buf_ptr;
3715                 goto redo_no_start;
3716             }
3717         }
3718         break;
3719
3720     case '\n':
3721         file->line_num++;
3722         tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_BOL;
3723         p++;
3724         if (0 == (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED))
3725             goto redo_no_start;
3726         tok = TOK_LINEFEED;
3727         goto keep_tok_flags;
3728
3729     case '#':
3730         /* XXX: simplify */
3731         PEEKC(c, p);
3732         if ((tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_BOL) &&
3733             (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS)) {
3734             file->buf_ptr = p;
3735             preprocess(tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_BOF);
3736             p = file->buf_ptr;
3737             goto redo_no_start;
3738         } else {
3739             if (c == '#') {
3740                 p++;
3741                 tok = TOK_TWOSHARPS;
3742             } else {
3743                 if (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS) {
3744                     p = parse_line_comment(p - 1);
3745                     goto redo_no_start;
3746                 } else {
3747                     tok = '#';
3748                 }
3749             }
3750         }
3751         break;
3752
3753     case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd':
3754     case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h':
3755     case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
3756     case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p':
3757     case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
3758     case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
3759     case 'y': case 'z':
3760     case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D':
3761     case 'E': case 'F': case 'G': case 'H':
3762     case 'I': case 'J': case 'K':
3763     case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P':
3764     case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T':
3765     case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
3766     case 'Y': case 'Z':
3767     case '_':
3768     parse_ident_fast:
3769         p1 = p;
3770         h = TOK_HASH_INIT;
3771         h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, c);
3772         p++;
3773         for(;;) {
3774             c = *p;
3775             if (!isidnum_table[c-CH_EOF])
3776                 break;
3777             h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, c);
3778             p++;
3779         }
3780         if (c != '\\') {
3781             TokenSym **pts;
3782             int len;
3783
3784             /* fast case : no stray found, so we have the full token
3785                and we have already hashed it */
3786             len = p - p1;
3787             h &= (TOK_HASH_SIZE - 1);
3788             pts = &hash_ident[h];
3789             for(;;) {
3790                 ts = *pts;
3791                 if (!ts)
3792                     break;
3793                 if (ts->len == len && !memcmp(ts->str, p1, len))
3794                     goto token_found;
3795                 pts = &(ts->hash_next);
3796             }
3797             ts = tok_alloc_new(pts, p1, len);
3798         token_found: ;
3799         } else {
3800             /* slower case */
3801             cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3802
3803             while (p1 < p) {
3804                 cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, *p1);
3805                 p1++;
3806             }
3807             p--;
3808             PEEKC(c, p);
3809         parse_ident_slow:
3810             while (isidnum_table[c-CH_EOF]) {
3811                 cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, c);
3812                 PEEKC(c, p);
3813             }
3814             ts = tok_alloc(tokcstr.data, tokcstr.size);
3815         }
3816         tok = ts->tok;
3817         break;
3818     case 'L':
3819         t = p[1];
3820         if (t != '\\' && t != '\'' && t != '\"') {
3821             /* fast case */
3822             goto parse_ident_fast;
3823         } else {
3824             PEEKC(c, p);
3825             if (c == '\'' || c == '\"') {
3826                 is_long = 1;
3827                 goto str_const;
3828             } else {
3829                 cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3830                 cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, 'L');
3831                 goto parse_ident_slow;
3832             }
3833         }
3834         break;
3835     case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
3836     case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
3837     case '8': case '9':
3838
3839         cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3840         /* after the first digit, accept digits, alpha, '.' or sign if
3841            prefixed by 'eEpP' */
3842     parse_num:
3843         for(;;) {
3844             t = c;
3845             cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, c);
3846             PEEKC(c, p);
3847             if (!(isnum(c) || isid(c) || c == '.' ||
3848                   ((c == '+' || c == '-') &&
3849                    (t == 'e' || t == 'E' || t == 'p' || t == 'P'))))
3850                 break;
3851         }
3852         /* We add a trailing '\0' to ease parsing */
3853         cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, '\0');
3854         tokc.cstr = &tokcstr;
3855         tok = TOK_PPNUM;
3856         break;
3857     case '.':
3858         /* special dot handling because it can also start a number */
3859         PEEKC(c, p);
3860         if (isnum(c)) {
3861             cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3862             cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, '.');
3863             goto parse_num;
3864         } else if (c == '.') {
3865             PEEKC(c, p);
3866             if (c != '.')
3867                 expect("'.'");
3868             PEEKC(c, p);
3869             tok = TOK_DOTS;
3870         } else {
3871             tok = '.';
3872         }
3873         break;
3874     case '\'':
3875     case '\"':
3876         is_long = 0;
3877     str_const:
3878         {
3879             CString str;
3880             int sep;
3881
3882             sep = c;
3883
3884             /* parse the string */
3885             cstr_new(&str);
3886             p = parse_pp_string(p, sep, &str);
3887             cstr_ccat(&str, '\0');
3888
3889             /* eval the escape (should be done as TOK_PPNUM) */
3890             cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3891             parse_escape_string(&tokcstr, str.data, is_long);
3892             cstr_free(&str);
3893
3894             if (sep == '\'') {
3895                 int char_size;
3896                 /* XXX: make it portable */
3897                 if (!is_long)
3898                     char_size = 1;
3899                 else
3900                     char_size = sizeof(nwchar_t);
3901                 if (tokcstr.size <= char_size)
3902                     error("empty character constant");
3903                 if (tokcstr.size > 2 * char_size)
3904                     warning("multi-character character constant");
3905                 if (!is_long) {
3906                     tokc.i = *(int8_t *)tokcstr.data;
3907                     tok = TOK_CCHAR;
3908                 } else {
3909                     tokc.i = *(nwchar_t *)tokcstr.data;
3910                     tok = TOK_LCHAR;
3911                 }
3912             } else {
3913                 tokc.cstr = &tokcstr;
3914                 if (!is_long)
3915                     tok = TOK_STR;
3916                 else
3917                     tok = TOK_LSTR;
3918             }
3919         }
3920         break;
3921
3922     case '<':
3923         PEEKC(c, p);
3924         if (c == '=') {
3925             p++;
3926             tok = TOK_LE;
3927         } else if (c == '<') {
3928             PEEKC(c, p);
3929             if (c == '=') {
3930                 p++;
3931                 tok = TOK_A_SHL;
3932             } else {
3933                 tok = TOK_SHL;
3934             }
3935         } else {
3936             tok = TOK_LT;
3937         }
3938         break;
3939
3940     case '>':
3941         PEEKC(c, p);
3942         if (c == '=') {
3943             p++;
3944             tok = TOK_GE;
3945         } else if (c == '>') {
3946             PEEKC(c, p);
3947             if (c == '=') {
3948                 p++;
3949                 tok = TOK_A_SAR;
3950             } else {
3951                 tok = TOK_SAR;
3952             }
3953         } else {
3954             tok = TOK_GT;
3955         }
3956         break;
3957
3958     case '&':
3959         PEEKC(c, p);
3960         if (c == '&') {
3961             p++;
3962             tok = TOK_LAND;
3963         } else if (c == '=') {
3964             p++;
3965             tok = TOK_A_AND;
3966         } else {
3967             tok = '&';
3968         }
3969         break;
3970
3971     case '|':
3972         PEEKC(c, p);
3973         if (c == '|') {
3974             p++;
3975             tok = TOK_LOR;
3976         } else if (c == '=') {
3977             p++;
3978             tok = TOK_A_OR;
3979         } else {
3980             tok = '|';
3981         }
3982         break;
3983
3984     case '+':
3985         PEEKC(c, p);
3986         if (c == '+') {
3987             p++;
3988             tok = TOK_INC;
3989         } else if (c == '=') {
3990             p++;
3991             tok = TOK_A_ADD;
3992         } else {
3993             tok = '+';
3994         }
3995         break;
3996
3997     case '-':
3998         PEEKC(c, p);
3999         if (c == '-') {
4000             p++;
4001             tok = TOK_DEC;
4002         } else if (c == '=') {
4003             p++;
4004             tok = TOK_A_SUB;
4005         } else if (c == '>') {
4006             p++;
4007             tok = TOK_ARROW;
4008         } else {
4009             tok = '-';
4010         }
4011         break;
4012
4013     PARSE2('!', '!', '=', TOK_NE)
4014     PARSE2('=', '=', '=', TOK_EQ)
4015     PARSE2('*', '*', '=', TOK_A_MUL)
4016     PARSE2('%', '%', '=', TOK_A_MOD)
4017     PARSE2('^', '^', '=', TOK_A_XOR)
4018
4019         /* comments or operator */
4020     case '/':
4021         PEEKC(c, p);
4022         if (c == '*') {
4023             p = parse_comment(p);
4024             goto redo_no_start;
4025         } else if (c == '/') {
4026             p = parse_line_comment(p);
4027             goto redo_no_start;
4028         } else if (c == '=') {
4029             p++;
4030             tok = TOK_A_DIV;
4031         } else {
4032             tok = '/';
4033         }
4034         break;
4035
4036         /* simple tokens */
4037     case '(':
4038     case ')':
4039     case '[':
4040     case ']':
4041     case '{':
4042     case '}':
4043     case ',':
4044     case ';':
4045     case ':':
4046     case '?':
4047     case '~':
4048     case '$': /* only used in assembler */
4049     case '@': /* dito */
4050         tok = c;
4051         p++;
4052         break;
4053     default:
4054         error("unrecognized character \\x%02x", c);
4055         break;
4056     }
4057     tok_flags = 0;
4058 keep_tok_flags:
4059     file->buf_ptr = p;
4060 #if defined(PARSE_DEBUG)
4061     printf("token = %s\n", get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
4062 #endif
4063 }
4064
4065 /* return next token without macro substitution. Can read input from
4066    macro_ptr buffer */
4067 static void next_nomacro(void)
4068 {
4069     if (macro_ptr) {
4070     redo:
4071         tok = *macro_ptr;
4072         if (tok) {
4073             TOK_GET(tok, macro_ptr, tokc);
4074             if (tok == TOK_LINENUM) {
4075                 file->line_num = tokc.i;
4076                 goto redo;
4077             }
4078         }
4079     } else {
4080         next_nomacro1();
4081     }
4082 }
4083
4084 /* substitute args in macro_str and return allocated string */
4085 static int *macro_arg_subst(Sym **nested_list, int *macro_str, Sym *args)
4086 {
4087     int *st, last_tok, t, notfirst;
4088     Sym *s;
4089     CValue cval;
4090     TokenString str;
4091     CString cstr;
4092
4093     tok_str_new(&str);
4094     last_tok = 0;
4095     while(1) {
4096         TOK_GET(t, macro_str, cval);
4097         if (!t)
4098             break;
4099         if (t == '#') {
4100             /* stringize */
4101             TOK_GET(t, macro_str, cval);
4102             if (!t)
4103                 break;
4104             s = sym_find2(args, t);
4105             if (s) {
4106                 cstr_new(&cstr);
4107                 st = (int *)s->c;
4108                 notfirst = 0;
4109                 while (*st) {
4110                     if (notfirst)
4111                         cstr_ccat(&cstr, ' ');
4112                     TOK_GET(t, st, cval);
4113                     cstr_cat(&cstr, get_tok_str(t, &cval));
4114 #ifndef PP_NOSPACES
4115                     notfirst = 1;
4116 #endif
4117                 }
4118                 cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4119 #ifdef PP_DEBUG
4120                 printf("stringize: %s\n", (char *)cstr.data);
4121 #endif
4122                 /* add string */
4123                 cval.cstr = &cstr;
4124                 tok_str_add2(&str, TOK_STR, &cval);
4125                 cstr_free(&cstr);
4126             } else {
4127                 tok_str_add2(&str, t, &cval);
4128             }
4129         } else if (t >= TOK_IDENT) {
4130             s = sym_find2(args, t);
4131             if (s) {
4132                 st = (int *)s->c;
4133                 /* if '##' is present before or after, no arg substitution */
4134                 if (*macro_str == TOK_TWOSHARPS || last_tok == TOK_TWOSHARPS) {
4135                     /* special case for var arg macros : ## eats the
4136                        ',' if empty VA_ARGS variable. */
4137                     /* XXX: test of the ',' is not 100%
4138                        reliable. should fix it to avoid security
4139                        problems */
4140                     if (gnu_ext && s->type.t &&
4141                         last_tok == TOK_TWOSHARPS &&
4142                         str.len >= 2 && str.str[str.len - 2] == ',') {
4143                         if (*st == 0) {
4144                             /* suppress ',' '##' */
4145                             str.len -= 2;
4146                         } else {
4147                             /* suppress '##' and add variable */
4148                             str.len--;
4149                             goto add_var;
4150                         }
4151                     } else {
4152                         int t1;
4153                     add_var:
4154                         for(;;) {
4155                             TOK_GET(t1, st, cval);
4156                             if (!t1)
4157                                 break;
4158                             tok_str_add2(&str, t1, &cval);
4159                         }
4160                     }
4161                 } else {
4162                     /* NOTE: the stream cannot be read when macro
4163                        substituing an argument */
4164                     macro_subst(&str, nested_list, st, NULL);
4165                 }
4166             } else {
4167                 tok_str_add(&str, t);
4168             }
4169         } else {
4170             tok_str_add2(&str, t, &cval);
4171         }
4172         last_tok = t;
4173     }
4174     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
4175     return str.str;
4176 }
4177
4178 static char const ab_month_name[12][4] =
4179 {
4180     "Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun",
4181     "Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec"
4182 };
4183
4184 /* do macro substitution of current token with macro 's' and add
4185    result to (tok_str,tok_len). 'nested_list' is the list of all
4186    macros we got inside to avoid recursing. Return non zero if no
4187    substitution needs to be done */
4188 static int macro_subst_tok(TokenString *tok_str,
4189                            Sym **nested_list, Sym *s, struct macro_level **can_read_stream)
4190 {
4191     Sym *args, *sa, *sa1;
4192     int mstr_allocated, parlevel, *mstr, t, t1;
4193     TokenString str;
4194     char *cstrval;
4195     CValue cval;
4196     CString cstr;
4197     char buf[32];
4198
4199     /* if symbol is a macro, prepare substitution */
4200     /* special macros */
4201     if (tok == TOK___LINE__) {
4202         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", file->line_num);
4203         cstrval = buf;
4204         t1 = TOK_PPNUM;
4205         goto add_cstr1;
4206     } else if (tok == TOK___FILE__) {
4207         cstrval = file->filename;
4208         goto add_cstr;
4209     } else if (tok == TOK___DATE__ || tok == TOK___TIME__) {
4210         time_t ti;
4211         struct tm *tm;
4212
4213         time(&ti);
4214         tm = localtime(&ti);
4215         if (tok == TOK___DATE__) {
4216             snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s %2d %d",
4217                      ab_month_name[tm->tm_mon], tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_year + 1900);
4218         } else {
4219             snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%02d:%02d:%02d",
4220                      tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min, tm->tm_sec);
4221         }
4222         cstrval = buf;
4223     add_cstr:
4224         t1 = TOK_STR;
4225     add_cstr1:
4226         cstr_new(&cstr);
4227         cstr_cat(&cstr, cstrval);
4228         cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4229         cval.cstr = &cstr;
4230         tok_str_add2(tok_str, t1, &cval);
4231         cstr_free(&cstr);
4232     } else {
4233         mstr = (int *)s->c;
4234         mstr_allocated = 0;
4235         if (s->type.t == MACRO_FUNC) {
4236             /* NOTE: we do not use next_nomacro to avoid eating the
4237                next token. XXX: find better solution */
4238         redo:
4239             if (macro_ptr) {
4240                 t = *macro_ptr;
4241                 if (t == 0 && can_read_stream) {
4242                     /* end of macro stream: we must look at the token
4243                        after in the file */
4244                     struct macro_level *ml = *can_read_stream;
4245                     macro_ptr = NULL;
4246                     if (ml)
4247                     {
4248                         macro_ptr = ml->p;
4249                         ml->p = NULL;
4250                         *can_read_stream = ml -> prev;
4251                     }
4252                     goto redo;
4253                 }
4254             } else {
4255                 /* XXX: incorrect with comments */
4256                 ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
4257                 while (is_space(ch) || ch == '\n')
4258                     cinp();
4259                 t = ch;
4260             }
4261             if (t != '(') /* no macro subst */
4262                 return -1;
4263
4264             /* argument macro */
4265             next_nomacro();
4266             next_nomacro();
4267             args = NULL;
4268             sa = s->next;
4269             /* NOTE: empty args are allowed, except if no args */
4270             for(;;) {
4271                 /* handle '()' case */
4272                 if (!args && !sa && tok == ')')
4273                     break;
4274                 if (!sa)
4275                     error("macro '%s' used with too many args",
4276                           get_tok_str(s->v, 0));
4277                 tok_str_new(&str);
4278                 parlevel = 0;
4279                 /* NOTE: non zero sa->t indicates VA_ARGS */
4280                 while ((parlevel > 0 ||
4281                         (tok != ')' &&
4282                          (tok != ',' || sa->type.t))) &&
4283                        tok != -1) {
4284                     if (tok == '(')
4285                         parlevel++;
4286                     else if (tok == ')')
4287                         parlevel--;
4288                     if (tok != TOK_LINEFEED)
4289                         tok_str_add2(&str, tok, &tokc);
4290                     next_nomacro();
4291                 }
4292                 tok_str_add(&str, 0);
4293                 sym_push2(&args, sa->v & ~SYM_FIELD, sa->type.t, (int)str.str);
4294                 sa = sa->next;
4295                 if (tok == ')') {
4296                     /* special case for gcc var args: add an empty
4297                        var arg argument if it is omitted */
4298                     if (sa && sa->type.t && gnu_ext)
4299                         continue;
4300                     else
4301                         break;
4302                 }
4303                 if (tok != ',')
4304                     expect(",");
4305                 next_nomacro();
4306             }
4307             if (sa) {
4308                 error("macro '%s' used with too few args",
4309                       get_tok_str(s->v, 0));
4310             }
4311
4312             /* now subst each arg */
4313             mstr = macro_arg_subst(nested_list, mstr, args);
4314             /* free memory */
4315             sa = args;
4316             while (sa) {
4317                 sa1 = sa->prev;
4318                 tok_str_free((int *)sa->c);
4319                 sym_free(sa);
4320                 sa = sa1;
4321             }
4322             mstr_allocated = 1;
4323         }
4324         sym_push2(nested_list, s->v, 0, 0);
4325         macro_subst(tok_str, nested_list, mstr, can_read_stream);
4326         /* pop nested defined symbol */
4327         sa1 = *nested_list;
4328         *nested_list = sa1->prev;
4329         sym_free(sa1);
4330         if (mstr_allocated)
4331             tok_str_free(mstr);
4332     }
4333     return 0;
4334 }
4335
4336 /* handle the '##' operator. Return NULL if no '##' seen. Otherwise
4337    return the resulting string (which must be freed). */
4338 static inline int *macro_twosharps(const int *macro_str)
4339 {
4340     TokenSym *ts;
4341     const int *macro_ptr1, *start_macro_ptr, *ptr, *saved_macro_ptr;
4342     int t;
4343     const char *p1, *p2;
4344     CValue cval;
4345     TokenString macro_str1;
4346     CString cstr;
4347
4348     start_macro_ptr = macro_str;
4349     /* we search the first '##' */
4350     for(;;) {
4351         macro_ptr1 = macro_str;
4352         TOK_GET(t, macro_str, cval);
4353         /* nothing more to do if end of string */
4354         if (t == 0)
4355             return NULL;
4356         if (*macro_str == TOK_TWOSHARPS)
4357             break;
4358     }
4359
4360     /* we saw '##', so we need more processing to handle it */
4361     cstr_new(&cstr);
4362     tok_str_new(&macro_str1);
4363     tok = t;
4364     tokc = cval;
4365
4366     /* add all tokens seen so far */
4367     for(ptr = start_macro_ptr; ptr < macro_ptr1;) {
4368         TOK_GET(t, ptr, cval);
4369         tok_str_add2(&macro_str1, t, &cval);
4370     }
4371     saved_macro_ptr = macro_ptr;
4372     /* XXX: get rid of the use of macro_ptr here */
4373     macro_ptr = (int *)macro_str;
4374     for(;;) {
4375         while (*macro_ptr == TOK_TWOSHARPS) {
4376             macro_ptr++;
4377             macro_ptr1 = macro_ptr;
4378             t = *macro_ptr;
4379             if (t) {
4380                 TOK_GET(t, macro_ptr, cval);
4381                 /* We concatenate the two tokens if we have an
4382                    identifier or a preprocessing number */
4383                 cstr_reset(&cstr);
4384                 p1 = get_tok_str(tok, &tokc);
4385                 cstr_cat(&cstr, p1);
4386                 p2 = get_tok_str(t, &cval);
4387                 cstr_cat(&cstr, p2);
4388                 cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4389
4390                 if ((tok >= TOK_IDENT || tok == TOK_PPNUM) &&
4391                     (t >= TOK_IDENT || t == TOK_PPNUM)) {
4392                     if (tok == TOK_PPNUM) {
4393                         /* if number, then create a number token */
4394                         /* NOTE: no need to allocate because
4395                            tok_str_add2() does it */
4396                         cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
4397                         tokcstr = cstr;
4398                         cstr_new(&cstr);
4399                         tokc.cstr = &tokcstr;
4400                     } else {
4401                         /* if identifier, we must do a test to
4402                            validate we have a correct identifier */
4403                         if (t == TOK_PPNUM) {
4404                             const char *p;
4405                             int c;
4406
4407                             p = p2;
4408                             for(;;) {
4409                                 c = *p;
4410                                 if (c == '\0')
4411                                     break;
4412                                 p++;
4413                                 if (!isnum(c) && !isid(c))
4414                                     goto error_pasting;
4415                             }
4416                         }
4417                         ts = tok_alloc(cstr.data, strlen(cstr.data));
4418                         tok = ts->tok; /* modify current token */
4419                     }
4420                 } else {
4421                     const char *str = cstr.data;
4422                     const unsigned char *q;
4423
4424                     /* we look for a valid token */
4425                     /* XXX: do more extensive checks */
4426                     if (!strcmp(str, ">>=")) {
4427                         tok = TOK_A_SAR;
4428                     } else if (!strcmp(str, "<<=")) {
4429                         tok = TOK_A_SHL;
4430                     } else if (strlen(str) == 2) {
4431                         /* search in two bytes table */
4432                         q = tok_two_chars;
4433                         for(;;) {
4434                             if (!*q)
4435                                 goto error_pasting;
4436                             if (q[0] == str[0] && q[1] == str[1])
4437                                 break;
4438                             q += 3;
4439                         }
4440                         tok = q[2];
4441                     } else {
4442                     error_pasting:
4443                         /* NOTE: because get_tok_str use a static buffer,
4444                            we must save it */
4445                         cstr_reset(&cstr);
4446                         p1 = get_tok_str(tok, &tokc);
4447                         cstr_cat(&cstr, p1);
4448                         cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4449                         p2 = get_tok_str(t, &cval);
4450                         warning("pasting \"%s\" and \"%s\" does not give a valid preprocessing token", cstr.data, p2);
4451                         /* cannot merge tokens: just add them separately */
4452                         tok_str_add2(&macro_str1, tok, &tokc);
4453                         /* XXX: free associated memory ? */
4454                         tok = t;
4455                         tokc = cval;
4456                     }
4457                 }
4458             }
4459         }
4460         tok_str_add2(&macro_str1, tok, &tokc);
4461         next_nomacro();
4462         if (tok == 0)
4463             break;
4464     }
4465     macro_ptr = (int *)saved_macro_ptr;
4466     cstr_free(&cstr);
4467     tok_str_add(&macro_str1, 0);
4468     return macro_str1.str;
4469 }
4470
4471
4472 /* do macro substitution of macro_str and add result to
4473    (tok_str,tok_len). 'nested_list' is the list of all macros we got
4474    inside to avoid recursing. */
4475 static void macro_subst(TokenString *tok_str, Sym **nested_list,
4476                         const int *macro_str, struct macro_level ** can_read_stream)
4477 {
4478     Sym *s;
4479     int *macro_str1;
4480     const int *ptr;
4481     int t, ret;
4482     CValue cval;
4483     struct macro_level ml;
4484
4485     /* first scan for '##' operator handling */
4486     ptr = macro_str;
4487     macro_str1 = macro_twosharps(ptr);
4488     if (macro_str1)
4489         ptr = macro_str1;
4490     while (1) {
4491         /* NOTE: ptr == NULL can only happen if tokens are read from
4492            file stream due to a macro function call */
4493         if (ptr == NULL)
4494             break;
4495         TOK_GET(t, ptr, cval);
4496         if (t == 0)
4497             break;
4498         s = define_find(t);
4499         if (s != NULL) {
4500             /* if nested substitution, do nothing */
4501             if (sym_find2(*nested_list, t))
4502                 goto no_subst;
4503             ml.p = macro_ptr;
4504             if (can_read_stream)
4505                 ml.prev = *can_read_stream, *can_read_stream = &ml;
4506             macro_ptr = (int *)ptr;
4507             tok = t;
4508             ret = macro_subst_tok(tok_str, nested_list, s, can_read_stream);
4509             ptr = (int *)macro_ptr;
4510             macro_ptr = ml.p;
4511             if (can_read_stream && *can_read_stream == &ml)
4512                 *can_read_stream = ml.prev;
4513             if (ret != 0)
4514                 goto no_subst;
4515         } else {
4516         no_subst:
4517             tok_str_add2(tok_str, t, &cval);
4518         }
4519     }
4520     if (macro_str1)
4521         tok_str_free(macro_str1);
4522 }
4523
4524 /* return next token with macro substitution */
4525 static void next(void)
4526 {
4527     Sym *nested_list, *s;
4528     TokenString str;
4529     struct macro_level *ml;
4530
4531  redo:
4532     next_nomacro();
4533     if (!macro_ptr) {
4534         /* if not reading from macro substituted string, then try
4535            to substitute macros */
4536         if (tok >= TOK_IDENT &&
4537             (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS)) {
4538             s = define_find(tok);
4539             if (s) {
4540                 /* we have a macro: we try to substitute */
4541                 tok_str_new(&str);
4542                 nested_list = NULL;
4543                 ml = NULL;
4544                 if (macro_subst_tok(&str, &nested_list, s, &ml) == 0) {
4545                     /* substitution done, NOTE: maybe empty */
4546                     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
4547                     macro_ptr = str.str;
4548                     macro_ptr_allocated = str.str;
4549                     goto redo;
4550                 }
4551             }
4552         }
4553     } else {
4554         if (tok == 0) {
4555             /* end of macro or end of unget buffer */
4556             if (unget_buffer_enabled) {
4557                 macro_ptr = unget_saved_macro_ptr;
4558                 unget_buffer_enabled = 0;
4559             } else {
4560                 /* end of macro string: free it */
4561                 tok_str_free(macro_ptr_allocated);
4562                 macro_ptr = NULL;
4563             }
4564             goto redo;
4565         }
4566     }
4567
4568     /* convert preprocessor tokens into C tokens */
4569     if (tok == TOK_PPNUM &&
4570         (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM)) {
4571         parse_number((char *)tokc.cstr->data);
4572     }
4573 }
4574
4575 /* push back current token and set current token to 'last_tok'. Only
4576    identifier case handled for labels. */
4577 static inline void unget_tok(int last_tok)
4578 {
4579     int i, n;
4580     int *q;
4581     unget_saved_macro_ptr = macro_ptr;
4582     unget_buffer_enabled = 1;
4583     q = unget_saved_buffer;
4584     macro_ptr = q;
4585     *q++ = tok;
4586     n = tok_ext_size(tok) - 1;
4587     for(i=0;i<n;i++)
4588         *q++ = tokc.tab[i];
4589     *q = 0; /* end of token string */
4590     tok = last_tok;
4591 }
4592
4593
4594 void swap(int *p, int *q)
4595 {
4596     int t;
4597     t = *p;
4598     *p = *q;
4599     *q = t;
4600 }
4601
4602 void vsetc(CType *type, int r, CValue *vc)
4603 {
4604     int v;
4605
4606     if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
4607         error("memory full");
4608     /* cannot let cpu flags if other instruction are generated. Also
4609        avoid leaving VT_JMP anywhere except on the top of the stack
4610        because it would complicate the code generator. */
4611     if (vtop >= vstack) {
4612         v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
4613         if (v == VT_CMP || (v & ~1) == VT_JMP)
4614             gv(RC_INT);
4615     }
4616     vtop++;
4617     vtop->type = *type;
4618     vtop->r = r;
4619     vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
4620     vtop->c = *vc;
4621 }
4622
4623 /* push integer constant */
4624 void vpushi(int v)
4625 {
4626     CValue cval;
4627     cval.i = v;
4628     vsetc(&int_type, VT_CONST, &cval);
4629 }
4630
4631 /* Return a static symbol pointing to a section */
4632 static Sym *get_sym_ref(CType *type, Section *sec,
4633                         unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
4634 {
4635     int v;
4636     Sym *sym;
4637
4638     v = anon_sym++;
4639     sym = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_STATIC, 0);
4640     sym->type.ref = type->ref;
4641     sym->r = VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
4642     put_extern_sym(sym, sec, offset, size);
4643     return sym;
4644 }
4645
4646 /* push a reference to a section offset by adding a dummy symbol */
4647 static void vpush_ref(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
4648 {
4649     CValue cval;
4650
4651     cval.ul = 0;
4652     vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
4653     vtop->sym = get_sym_ref(type, sec, offset, size);
4654 }
4655
4656 /* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' of type 'u' */
4657 static Sym *external_global_sym(int v, CType *type, int r)
4658 {
4659     Sym *s;
4660
4661     s = sym_find(v);
4662     if (!s) {
4663         /* push forward reference */
4664         s = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_EXTERN, 0);
4665         s->type.ref = type->ref;
4666         s->r = r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
4667     }
4668     return s;
4669 }
4670
4671 /* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' of type 'u' */
4672 static Sym *external_sym(int v, CType *type, int r)
4673 {
4674     Sym *s;
4675
4676     s = sym_find(v);
4677     if (!s) {
4678         /* push forward reference */
4679         s = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM, 0);
4680         s->type.t |= VT_EXTERN;
4681     } else {
4682         if (!is_compatible_types(&s->type, type))
4683             error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
4684                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
4685     }
4686     return s;
4687 }
4688
4689 /* push a reference to global symbol v */
4690 static void vpush_global_sym(CType *type, int v)
4691 {
4692     Sym *sym;
4693     CValue cval;
4694
4695     sym = external_global_sym(v, type, 0);
4696     cval.ul = 0;
4697     vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
4698     vtop->sym = sym;
4699 }
4700
4701 void vset(CType *type, int r, int v)
4702 {
4703     CValue cval;
4704
4705     cval.i = v;
4706     vsetc(type, r, &cval);
4707 }
4708
4709 void vseti(int r, int v)
4710 {
4711     CType type;
4712     type.t = VT_INT;
4713     vset(&type, r, v);
4714 }
4715
4716 void vswap(void)
4717 {
4718     SValue tmp;
4719
4720     tmp = vtop[0];
4721     vtop[0] = vtop[-1];
4722     vtop[-1] = tmp;
4723 }
4724
4725 void vpushv(SValue *v)
4726 {
4727     if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
4728         error("memory full");
4729     vtop++;
4730     *vtop = *v;
4731 }
4732
4733 void vdup(void)
4734 {
4735     vpushv(vtop);
4736 }
4737
4738 /* save r to the memory stack, and mark it as being free */
4739 void save_reg(int r)
4740 {
4741     int l, saved, size, align;
4742     SValue *p, sv;
4743     CType *type;
4744
4745     /* modify all stack values */
4746     saved = 0;
4747     l = 0;
4748     for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
4749         if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
4750             ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)) {
4751             /* must save value on stack if not already done */
4752             if (!saved) {
4753                 /* NOTE: must reload 'r' because r might be equal to r2 */
4754                 r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
4755                 /* store register in the stack */
4756                 type = &p->type;
4757                 if ((p->r & VT_LVAL) ||
4758                     (!is_float(type->t) && (type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG))
4759                     type = &int_type;
4760                 size = type_size(type, &align);
4761                 loc = (loc - size) & -align;
4762                 sv.type.t = type->t;
4763                 sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
4764                 sv.c.ul = loc;
4765                 store(r, &sv);
4766 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
4767                 /* x86 specific: need to pop fp register ST0 if saved */
4768                 if (r == TREG_ST0) {
4769                     o(0xd9dd); /* fstp %st(1) */
4770                 }
4771 #endif
4772                 /* special long long case */
4773                 if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
4774                     sv.c.ul += 4;
4775                     store(p->r2, &sv);
4776                 }
4777                 l = loc;
4778                 saved = 1;
4779             }
4780             /* mark that stack entry as being saved on the stack */
4781             if (p->r & VT_LVAL) {
4782                 /* also clear the bounded flag because the
4783                    relocation address of the function was stored in
4784                    p->c.ul */
4785                 p->r = (p->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_BOUNDED)) | VT_LLOCAL;
4786             } else {
4787                 p->r = lvalue_type(p->type.t) | VT_LOCAL;
4788             }
4789             p->r2 = VT_CONST;
4790             p->c.ul = l;
4791         }
4792     }
4793 }
4794
4795 /* find a register of class 'rc2' with at most one reference on stack.
4796  * If none, call get_reg(rc) */
4797 int get_reg_ex(int rc, int rc2)
4798 {
4799     int r;
4800     SValue *p;
4801
4802     for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
4803         if (reg_classes[r] & rc2) {
4804             int n;
4805             n=0;
4806             for(p = vstack; p <= vtop; p++) {
4807                 if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
4808                     (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)
4809                     n++;
4810             }
4811             if (n <= 1)
4812                 return r;
4813         }
4814     }
4815     return get_reg(rc);
4816 }
4817
4818 /* find a free register of class 'rc'. If none, save one register */
4819 int get_reg(int rc)
4820 {
4821     int r;
4822     SValue *p;
4823
4824     /* find a free register */
4825     for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
4826         if (reg_classes[r] & rc) {
4827             for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
4828                 if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
4829                     (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)
4830                     goto notfound;
4831             }
4832             return r;
4833         }
4834     notfound: ;
4835     }
4836
4837     /* no register left : free the first one on the stack (VERY
4838        IMPORTANT to start from the bottom to ensure that we don't
4839        spill registers used in gen_opi()) */
4840     for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
4841         r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
4842         if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc))
4843             goto save_found;
4844         /* also look at second register (if long long) */
4845         r = p->r2 & VT_VALMASK;
4846         if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc)) {
4847         save_found:
4848             save_reg(r);
4849             return r;
4850         }
4851     }
4852     /* Should never comes here */
4853     return -1;
4854 }
4855
4856 /* save registers up to (vtop - n) stack entry */
4857 void save_regs(int n)
4858 {
4859     int r;
4860     SValue *p, *p1;
4861     p1 = vtop - n;
4862     for(p = vstack;p <= p1; p++) {
4863         r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
4864         if (r < VT_CONST) {
4865             save_reg(r);
4866         }
4867     }
4868 }
4869
4870 /* move register 's' to 'r', and flush previous value of r to memory
4871    if needed */
4872 void move_reg(int r, int s)
4873 {
4874     SValue sv;
4875
4876     if (r != s) {
4877         save_reg(r);
4878         sv.type.t = VT_INT;
4879         sv.r = s;
4880         sv.c.ul = 0;
4881         load(r, &sv);
4882     }
4883 }
4884
4885 /* get address of vtop (vtop MUST BE an lvalue) */
4886 void gaddrof(void)
4887 {
4888     vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL;
4889     /* tricky: if saved lvalue, then we can go back to lvalue */
4890     if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL)
4891         vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL_TYPE)) | VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
4892 }
4893
4894 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
4895 /* generate lvalue bound code */
4896 void gbound(void)
4897 {
4898     int lval_type;
4899     CType type1;
4900
4901     vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTBOUND;
4902     /* if lvalue, then use checking code before dereferencing */
4903     if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) {
4904         /* if not VT_BOUNDED value, then make one */
4905         if (!(vtop->r & VT_BOUNDED)) {
4906             lval_type = vtop->r & (VT_LVAL_TYPE | VT_LVAL);
4907             /* must save type because we must set it to int to get pointer */
4908             type1 = vtop->type;
4909             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
4910             gaddrof();
4911             vpushi(0);
4912             gen_bounded_ptr_add();
4913             vtop->r |= lval_type;
4914             vtop->type = type1;
4915         }
4916         /* then check for dereferencing */
4917         gen_bounded_ptr_deref();
4918     }
4919 }
4920 #endif
4921
4922 /* store vtop a register belonging to class 'rc'. lvalues are
4923    converted to values. Cannot be used if cannot be converted to
4924    register value (such as structures). */
4925 int gv(int rc)
4926 {
4927     int r, r2, rc2, bit_pos, bit_size, size, align, i;
4928     unsigned long long ll;
4929
4930     /* NOTE: get_reg can modify vstack[] */
4931     if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
4932         bit_pos = (vtop->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
4933         bit_size = (vtop->type.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
4934         /* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
4935         vtop->type.t &= ~(VT_BITFIELD | (-1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT));
4936         /* generate shifts */
4937         vpushi(32 - (bit_pos + bit_size));
4938         gen_op(TOK_SHL);
4939         vpushi(32 - bit_size);
4940         /* NOTE: transformed to SHR if unsigned */
4941         gen_op(TOK_SAR);
4942         r = gv(rc);
4943     } else {
4944         if (is_float(vtop->type.t) &&
4945             (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
4946             Sym *sym;
4947             int *ptr;
4948             unsigned long offset;
4949 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
4950             CValue check;
4951 #endif
4952
4953             /* XXX: unify with initializers handling ? */
4954             /* CPUs usually cannot use float constants, so we store them
4955                generically in data segment */
4956             size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
4957             offset = (data_section->data_offset + align - 1) & -align;
4958             data_section->data_offset = offset;
4959             /* XXX: not portable yet */
4960 #ifdef __i386__
4961             /* Zero pad x87 tenbyte long doubles */
4962             if (size == 12)
4963                 vtop->c.tab[2] &= 0xffff;
4964 #endif
4965             ptr = section_ptr_add(data_section, size);
4966             size = size >> 2;
4967 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
4968             check.d = 1;
4969             if(check.tab[0])
4970                 for(i=0;i<size;i++)
4971                     ptr[i] = vtop->c.tab[size-1-i];
4972             else
4973 #endif
4974             for(i=0;i<size;i++)
4975                 ptr[i] = vtop->c.tab[i];
4976             sym = get_sym_ref(&vtop->type, data_section, offset, size << 2);
4977             vtop->r |= VT_LVAL | VT_SYM;
4978             vtop->sym = sym;
4979             vtop->c.ul = 0;
4980         }
4981 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
4982         if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTBOUND)
4983             gbound();
4984 #endif
4985
4986         r = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
4987         rc2 = RC_INT;
4988         if (rc == RC_IRET)
4989             rc2 = RC_LRET;
4990         /* need to reload if:
4991            - constant
4992            - lvalue (need to dereference pointer)
4993            - already a register, but not in the right class */
4994         if (r >= VT_CONST ||
4995             (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) ||
4996             !(reg_classes[r] & rc) ||
4997             ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG &&
4998              !(reg_classes[vtop->r2] & rc2))) {
4999             r = get_reg(rc);
5000             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
5001                 /* two register type load : expand to two words
5002                    temporarily */
5003                 if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
5004                     /* load constant */
5005                     ll = vtop->c.ull;
5006                     vtop->c.ui = ll; /* first word */
5007                     load(r, vtop);
5008                     vtop->r = r; /* save register value */
5009                     vpushi(ll >> 32); /* second word */
5010                 } else if (r >= VT_CONST || /* XXX: test to VT_CONST incorrect ? */
5011                            (vtop->r & VT_LVAL)) {
5012                     /* We do not want to modifier the long long
5013                        pointer here, so the safest (and less
5014                        efficient) is to save all the other registers
5015                        in the stack. XXX: totally inefficient. */
5016                     save_regs(1);
5017                     /* load from memory */
5018                     load(r, vtop);
5019                     vdup();
5020                     vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
5021                     /* increment pointer to get second word */
5022                     vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
5023                     gaddrof();
5024                     vpushi(4);
5025                     gen_op('+');
5026                     vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
5027                 } else {
5028                     /* move registers */
5029                     load(r, vtop);
5030                     vdup();
5031                     vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
5032                     vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
5033                 }
5034                 /* allocate second register */
5035                 r2 = get_reg(rc2);
5036                 load(r2, vtop);
5037                 vpop();
5038                 /* write second register */
5039                 vtop->r2 = r2;
5040             } else if ((vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && !is_float(vtop->type.t)) {
5041                 int t1, t;
5042                 /* lvalue of scalar type : need to use lvalue type
5043                    because of possible cast */
5044                 t = vtop->type.t;
5045                 t1 = t;
5046                 /* compute memory access type */
5047                 if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_BYTE)
5048                     t = VT_BYTE;
5049                 else if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_SHORT)
5050                     t = VT_SHORT;
5051                 if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED)
5052                     t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
5053                 vtop->type.t = t;
5054                 load(r, vtop);
5055                 /* restore wanted type */
5056                 vtop->type.t = t1;
5057             } else {
5058                 /* one register type load */
5059                 load(r, vtop);
5060             }
5061         }
5062         vtop->r = r;
5063 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_C67
5064         /* uses register pairs for doubles */
5065         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE)
5066             vtop->r2 = r+1;
5067 #endif
5068     }
5069     return r;
5070 }
5071
5072 /* generate vtop[-1] and vtop[0] in resp. classes rc1 and rc2 */
5073 void gv2(int rc1, int rc2)
5074 {
5075     int v;
5076
5077     /* generate more generic register first. But VT_JMP or VT_CMP
5078        values must be generated first in all cases to avoid possible
5079        reload errors */
5080     v = vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK;
5081     if (v != VT_CMP && (v & ~1) != VT_JMP && rc1 <= rc2) {
5082         vswap();
5083         gv(rc1);
5084         vswap();
5085         gv(rc2);
5086         /* test if reload is needed for first register */
5087         if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
5088             vswap();
5089             gv(rc1);
5090             vswap();
5091         }
5092     } else {
5093         gv(rc2);
5094         vswap();
5095         gv(rc1);
5096         vswap();
5097         /* test if reload is needed for first register */
5098         if ((vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
5099             gv(rc2);
5100         }
5101     }
5102 }
5103
5104 /* expand long long on stack in two int registers */
5105 void lexpand(void)
5106 {
5107     int u;
5108
5109     u = vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED;
5110     gv(RC_INT);
5111     vdup();
5112     vtop[0].r = vtop[-1].r2;
5113     vtop[0].r2 = VT_CONST;
5114     vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
5115     vtop[0].type.t = VT_INT | u;
5116     vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
5117 }
5118
5119 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
5120 /* expand long long on stack */
5121 void lexpand_nr(void)
5122 {
5123     int u,v;
5124
5125     u = vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED;
5126     vdup();
5127     vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
5128     vtop->type.t = VT_INT | u;
5129     v=vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL);
5130     if (v == VT_CONST) {
5131       vtop[-1].c.ui = vtop->c.ull;
5132       vtop->c.ui = vtop->c.ull >> 32;
5133       vtop->r = VT_CONST;
5134     } else if (v == (VT_LVAL|VT_CONST) || v == (VT_LVAL|VT_LOCAL)) {
5135       vtop->c.ui += 4;
5136       vtop->r = vtop[-1].r;
5137     } else if (v > VT_CONST) {
5138       vtop--;
5139       lexpand();
5140     } else
5141       vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
5142     vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
5143     vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
5144 }
5145 #endif
5146
5147 /* build a long long from two ints */
5148 void lbuild(int t)
5149 {
5150     gv2(RC_INT, RC_INT);
5151     vtop[-1].r2 = vtop[0].r;
5152     vtop[-1].type.t = t;
5153     vpop();
5154 }
5155
5156 /* rotate n first stack elements to the bottom
5157    I1 ... In -> I2 ... In I1 [top is right]
5158 */
5159 void vrotb(int n)
5160 {
5161     int i;
5162     SValue tmp;
5163
5164     tmp = vtop[-n + 1];
5165     for(i=-n+1;i!=0;i++)
5166         vtop[i] = vtop[i+1];
5167     vtop[0] = tmp;
5168 }
5169
5170 /* rotate n first stack elements to the top
5171    I1 ... In -> In I1 ... I(n-1)  [top is right]
5172  */
5173 void vrott(int n)
5174 {
5175     int i;
5176     SValue tmp;
5177
5178     tmp = vtop[0];
5179     for(i = 0;i < n - 1; i++)
5180         vtop[-i] = vtop[-i - 1];
5181     vtop[-n + 1] = tmp;
5182 }
5183
5184 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
5185 /* like vrott but in other direction
5186    In ... I1 -> I(n-1) ... I1 In  [top is right]
5187  */
5188 void vnrott(int n)
5189 {
5190     int i;
5191     SValue tmp;
5192
5193     tmp = vtop[-n + 1];
5194     for(i = n - 1; i > 0; i--)
5195         vtop[-i] = vtop[-i + 1];
5196     vtop[0] = tmp;
5197 }
5198 #endif
5199
5200 /* pop stack value */
5201 void vpop(void)
5202 {
5203     int v;
5204     v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
5205 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
5206     /* for x86, we need to pop the FP stack */
5207     if (v == TREG_ST0 && !nocode_wanted) {
5208         o(0xd9dd); /* fstp %st(1) */
5209     } else
5210 #endif
5211     if (v == VT_JMP || v == VT_JMPI) {
5212         /* need to put correct jump if && or || without test */
5213         gsym(vtop->c.ul);
5214     }
5215     vtop--;
5216 }
5217
5218 /* convert stack entry to register and duplicate its value in another
5219    register */
5220 void gv_dup(void)
5221 {
5222     int rc, t, r, r1;
5223     SValue sv;
5224
5225     t = vtop->type.t;
5226     if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
5227         lexpand();
5228         gv_dup();
5229         vswap();
5230         vrotb(3);
5231         gv_dup();
5232         vrotb(4);
5233         /* stack: H L L1 H1 */
5234         lbuild(t);
5235         vrotb(3);
5236         vrotb(3);
5237         vswap();
5238         lbuild(t);
5239         vswap();
5240     } else {
5241         /* duplicate value */
5242         rc = RC_INT;
5243         sv.type.t = VT_INT;
5244         if (is_float(t)) {
5245             rc = RC_FLOAT;
5246             sv.type.t = t;
5247         }
5248         r = gv(rc);
5249         r1 = get_reg(rc);
5250         sv.r = r;
5251         sv.c.ul = 0;
5252         load(r1, &sv); /* move r to r1 */
5253         vdup();
5254         /* duplicates value */
5255         vtop->r = r1;
5256     }
5257 }
5258
5259 /* generate CPU independent (unsigned) long long operations */
5260 void gen_opl(int op)
5261 {
5262     int t, a, b, op1, c, i;
5263     int func;
5264     unsigned short reg_iret = REG_IRET;
5265     unsigned short reg_lret = REG_LRET;
5266     SValue tmp;
5267
5268     switch(op) {
5269     case '/':
5270     case TOK_PDIV:
5271         func = TOK___divdi3;
5272         goto gen_func;
5273     case TOK_UDIV:
5274         func = TOK___udivdi3;
5275         goto gen_func;
5276     case '%':
5277         func = TOK___moddi3;
5278         goto gen_mod_func;
5279     case TOK_UMOD:
5280         func = TOK___umoddi3;
5281     gen_mod_func:
5282 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
5283         reg_iret = TREG_R2;
5284         reg_lret = TREG_R3;
5285 #endif
5286     gen_func:
5287         /* call generic long long function */
5288         vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, func);
5289         vrott(3);
5290         gfunc_call(2);
5291         vpushi(0);
5292         vtop->r = reg_iret;
5293         vtop->r2 = reg_lret;
5294         break;
5295     case '^':
5296     case '&':
5297     case '|':
5298     case '*':
5299     case '+':
5300     case '-':
5301         t = vtop->type.t;
5302         vswap();
5303         lexpand();
5304         vrotb(3);
5305         lexpand();
5306         /* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
5307         tmp = vtop[0];
5308         vtop[0] = vtop[-3];
5309         vtop[-3] = tmp;
5310         tmp = vtop[-2];
5311         vtop[-2] = vtop[-3];
5312         vtop[-3] = tmp;
5313         vswap();
5314         /* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 */
5315         if (op == '*') {
5316             vpushv(vtop - 1);
5317             vpushv(vtop - 1);
5318             gen_op(TOK_UMULL);
5319             lexpand();
5320             /* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 ML MH */
5321             for(i=0;i<4;i++)
5322                 vrotb(6);
5323             /* stack: ML MH H1 H2 L1 L2 */
5324             tmp = vtop[0];
5325             vtop[0] = vtop[-2];
5326             vtop[-2] = tmp;
5327             /* stack: ML MH H1 L2 H2 L1 */
5328             gen_op('*');
5329             vrotb(3);
5330             vrotb(3);
5331             gen_op('*');
5332             /* stack: ML MH M1 M2 */
5333             gen_op('+');
5334             gen_op('+');
5335         } else if (op == '+' || op == '-') {
5336             /* XXX: add non carry method too (for MIPS or alpha) */
5337             if (op == '+')
5338                 op1 = TOK_ADDC1;
5339             else
5340                 op1 = TOK_SUBC1;
5341             gen_op(op1);
5342             /* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
5343             vrotb(3);
5344             vrotb(3);
5345             gen_op(op1 + 1); /* TOK_xxxC2 */
5346         } else {
5347             gen_op(op);
5348             /* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
5349             vrotb(3);
5350             vrotb(3);
5351             /* stack: (L1 op L2) H1 H2 */
5352             gen_op(op);
5353             /* stack: (L1 op L2) (H1 op H2) */
5354         }
5355         /* stack: L H */
5356         lbuild(t);
5357         break;
5358     case TOK_SAR:
5359     case TOK_SHR:
5360     case TOK_SHL:
5361         if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
5362             t = vtop[-1].type.t;
5363             vswap();
5364             lexpand();
5365             vrotb(3);
5366             /* stack: L H shift */
5367             c = (int)vtop->c.i;
5368             /* constant: simpler */
5369             /* NOTE: all comments are for SHL. the other cases are
5370                done by swaping words */
5371             vpop();
5372             if (op != TOK_SHL)
5373                 vswap();
5374             if (c >= 32) {
5375                 /* stack: L H */
5376                 vpop();
5377                 if (c > 32) {
5378                     vpushi(c - 32);
5379                     gen_op(op);
5380                 }
5381                 if (op != TOK_SAR) {
5382                     vpushi(0);
5383                 } else {
5384                     gv_dup();
5385                     vpushi(31);
5386                     gen_op(TOK_SAR);
5387                 }
5388                 vswap();
5389             } else {
5390                 vswap();
5391                 gv_dup();
5392                 /* stack: H L L */
5393                 vpushi(c);
5394                 gen_op(op);
5395                 vswap();
5396                 vpushi(32 - c);
5397                 if (op == TOK_SHL)
5398                     gen_op(TOK_SHR);
5399                 else
5400                     gen_op(TOK_SHL);
5401                 vrotb(3);
5402                 /* stack: L L H */
5403                 vpushi(c);
5404                 if (op == TOK_SHL)
5405                     gen_op(TOK_SHL);
5406                 else
5407                     gen_op(TOK_SHR);
5408                 gen_op('|');
5409             }
5410             if (op != TOK_SHL)
5411                 vswap();
5412             lbuild(t);
5413         } else {
5414             /* XXX: should provide a faster fallback on x86 ? */
5415             switch(op) {
5416             case TOK_SAR:
5417                 func = TOK___ashrdi3;
5418                 goto gen_func;
5419             case TOK_SHR:
5420                 func = TOK___lshrdi3;
5421                 goto gen_func;
5422             case TOK_SHL:
5423                 func = TOK___ashldi3;
5424                 goto gen_func;
5425             }
5426         }
5427         break;
5428     default:
5429         /* compare operations */
5430         t = vtop->type.t;
5431         vswap();
5432         lexpand();
5433         vrotb(3);
5434         lexpand();
5435         /* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
5436         tmp = vtop[-1];
5437         vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
5438         vtop[-2] = tmp;
5439         /* stack: L1 L2 H1 H2 */
5440         /* compare high */
5441         op1 = op;
5442         /* when values are equal, we need to compare low words. since
5443            the jump is inverted, we invert the test too. */
5444         if (op1 == TOK_LT)
5445             op1 = TOK_LE;
5446         else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
5447             op1 = TOK_GE;
5448         else if (op1 == TOK_ULT)
5449             op1 = TOK_ULE;
5450         else if (op1 == TOK_UGT)
5451             op1 = TOK_UGE;
5452         a = 0;
5453         b = 0;
5454         gen_op(op1);
5455         if (op1 != TOK_NE) {
5456             a = gtst(1, 0);
5457         }
5458         if (op != TOK_EQ) {
5459             /* generate non equal test */
5460             /* XXX: NOT PORTABLE yet */
5461             if (a == 0) {
5462                 b = gtst(0, 0);
5463             } else {
5464 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386)
5465                 b = psym(0x850f, 0);
5466 #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
5467                 b = ind;
5468                 o(0x1A000000 | encbranch(ind, 0, 1));
5469 #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
5470                 error("not implemented");
5471 #else
5472 #error not supported
5473 #endif
5474             }
5475         }
5476         /* compare low. Always unsigned */
5477         op1 = op;
5478         if (op1 == TOK_LT)
5479             op1 = TOK_ULT;
5480         else if (op1 == TOK_LE)
5481             op1 = TOK_ULE;
5482         else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
5483             op1 = TOK_UGT;
5484         else if (op1 == TOK_GE)
5485             op1 = TOK_UGE;
5486         gen_op(op1);
5487         a = gtst(1, a);
5488         gsym(b);
5489         vseti(VT_JMPI, a);
5490         break;
5491     }
5492 }
5493
5494 /* handle integer constant optimizations and various machine
5495    independent opt */
5496 void gen_opic(int op)
5497 {
5498     int c1, c2, t1, t2, n;
5499     SValue *v1, *v2;
5500     long long l1, l2;
5501     typedef unsigned long long U;
5502
5503     v1 = vtop - 1;
5504     v2 = vtop;
5505     t1 = v1->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
5506     t2 = v2->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
5507     l1 = (t1 == VT_LLONG) ? v1->c.ll : v1->c.i;
5508     l2 = (t2 == VT_LLONG) ? v2->c.ll : v2->c.i;
5509
5510     /* currently, we cannot do computations with forward symbols */
5511     c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5512     c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5513     if (c1 && c2) {
5514         switch(op) {
5515         case '+': l1 += l2; break;
5516         case '-': l1 -= l2; break;
5517         case '&': l1 &= l2; break;
5518         case '^': l1 ^= l2; break;
5519         case '|': l1 |= l2; break;
5520         case '*': l1 *= l2; break;
5521
5522         case TOK_PDIV:
5523         case '/':
5524         case '%':
5525         case TOK_UDIV:
5526         case TOK_UMOD:
5527             /* if division by zero, generate explicit division */
5528             if (l2 == 0) {
5529                 if (const_wanted)
5530                     error("division by zero in constant");
5531                 goto general_case;
5532             }
5533             switch(op) {
5534             default: l1 /= l2; break;
5535             case '%': l1 %= l2; break;
5536             case TOK_UDIV: l1 = (U)l1 / l2; break;
5537             case TOK_UMOD: l1 = (U)l1 % l2; break;
5538             }
5539             break;
5540         case TOK_SHL: l1 <<= l2; break;
5541         case TOK_SHR: l1 = (U)l1 >> l2; break;
5542         case TOK_SAR: l1 >>= l2; break;
5543             /* tests */
5544         case TOK_ULT: l1 = (U)l1 < (U)l2; break;
5545         case TOK_UGE: l1 = (U)l1 >= (U)l2; break;
5546         case TOK_EQ: l1 = l1 == l2; break;
5547         case TOK_NE: l1 = l1 != l2; break;
5548         case TOK_ULE: l1 = (U)l1 <= (U)l2; break;
5549         case TOK_UGT: l1 = (U)l1 > (U)l2; break;
5550         case TOK_LT: l1 = l1 < l2; break;
5551         case TOK_GE: l1 = l1 >= l2; break;
5552         case TOK_LE: l1 = l1 <= l2; break;
5553         case TOK_GT: l1 = l1 > l2; break;
5554             /* logical */
5555         case TOK_LAND: l1 = l1 && l2; break;
5556         case TOK_LOR: l1 = l1 || l2; break;
5557         default:
5558             goto general_case;
5559         }
5560         v1->c.ll = l1;
5561         vtop--;
5562     } else {
5563         /* if commutative ops, put c2 as constant */
5564         if (c1 && (op == '+' || op == '&' || op == '^' ||
5565                    op == '|' || op == '*')) {
5566             vswap();
5567             c2 = c1; //c = c1, c1 = c2, c2 = c;
5568             l2 = l1; //l = l1, l1 = l2, l2 = l;
5569         }
5570         /* Filter out NOP operations like x*1, x-0, x&-1... */
5571         if (c2 && (((op == '*' || op == '/' || op == TOK_UDIV ||
5572                      op == TOK_PDIV) &&
5573                     l2 == 1) ||
5574                    ((op == '+' || op == '-' || op == '|' || op == '^' ||
5575                      op == TOK_SHL || op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR) &&
5576                     l2 == 0) ||
5577                    (op == '&' &&
5578                     l2 == -1))) {
5579             /* nothing to do */
5580             vtop--;
5581         } else if (c2 && (op == '*' || op == TOK_PDIV || op == TOK_UDIV)) {
5582             /* try to use shifts instead of muls or divs */
5583             if (l2 > 0 && (l2 & (l2 - 1)) == 0) {
5584                 n = -1;
5585                 while (l2) {
5586                     l2 >>= 1;
5587                     n++;
5588                 }
5589                 vtop->c.ll = n;
5590                 if (op == '*')
5591                     op = TOK_SHL;
5592                 else if (op == TOK_PDIV)
5593                     op = TOK_SAR;
5594                 else
5595                     op = TOK_SHR;
5596             }
5597             goto general_case;
5598         } else if (c2 && (op == '+' || op == '-') &&
5599                    ((vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) ==
5600                    (VT_CONST | VT_SYM) ||
5601                    (vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_LOCAL)) {
5602             /* symbol + constant case */
5603             if (op == '-')
5604                 l2 = -l2;
5605             vtop--;
5606             vtop->c.ll += l2;
5607         } else {
5608         general_case:
5609             if (!nocode_wanted) {
5610                 /* call low level op generator */
5611                 if (t1 == VT_LLONG || t2 == VT_LLONG)
5612                     gen_opl(op);
5613                 else
5614                     gen_opi(op);
5615             } else {
5616                 vtop--;
5617             }
5618         }
5619     }
5620 }
5621
5622 /* generate a floating point operation with constant propagation */
5623 void gen_opif(int op)
5624 {
5625     int c1, c2;
5626     SValue *v1, *v2;
5627     long double f1, f2;
5628
5629     v1 = vtop - 1;
5630     v2 = vtop;
5631     /* currently, we cannot do computations with forward symbols */
5632     c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5633     c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5634     if (c1 && c2) {
5635         if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
5636             f1 = v1->c.f;
5637             f2 = v2->c.f;
5638         } else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
5639             f1 = v1->c.d;
5640             f2 = v2->c.d;
5641         } else {
5642             f1 = v1->c.ld;
5643             f2 = v2->c.ld;
5644         }
5645
5646         /* NOTE: we only do constant propagation if finite number (not
5647            NaN or infinity) (ANSI spec) */
5648         if (!ieee_finite(f1) || !ieee_finite(f2))
5649             goto general_case;
5650
5651         switch(op) {
5652         case '+': f1 += f2; break;
5653         case '-': f1 -= f2; break;
5654         case '*': f1 *= f2; break;
5655         case '/':
5656             if (f2 == 0.0) {
5657                 if (const_wanted)
5658                     error("division by zero in constant");
5659                 goto general_case;
5660             }
5661             f1 /= f2;
5662             break;
5663             /* XXX: also handles tests ? */
5664         default:
5665             goto general_case;
5666         }
5667         /* XXX: overflow test ? */
5668         if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
5669             v1->c.f = f1;
5670         } else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
5671             v1->c.d = f1;
5672         } else {
5673             v1->c.ld = f1;
5674         }
5675         vtop--;
5676     } else {
5677     general_case:
5678         if (!nocode_wanted) {
5679             gen_opf(op);
5680         } else {
5681             vtop--;
5682         }
5683     }
5684 }
5685
5686 static int pointed_size(CType *type)
5687 {
5688     int align;
5689     return type_size(pointed_type(type), &align);
5690 }
5691
5692 static inline int is_null_pointer(SValue *p)
5693 {
5694     if ((p->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
5695         return 0;
5696     return ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT && p->c.i == 0) ||
5697         ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && p->c.ll == 0);
5698 }
5699
5700 static inline int is_integer_btype(int bt)
5701 {
5702     return (bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_SHORT ||
5703             bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_LLONG);
5704 }
5705
5706 /* check types for comparison or substraction of pointers */
5707 static void check_comparison_pointer_types(SValue *p1, SValue *p2, int op)
5708 {
5709     CType *type1, *type2, tmp_type1, tmp_type2;
5710     int bt1, bt2;
5711
5712     /* null pointers are accepted for all comparisons as gcc */
5713     if (is_null_pointer(p1) || is_null_pointer(p2))
5714         return;
5715     type1 = &p1->type;
5716     type2 = &p2->type;
5717     bt1 = type1->t & VT_BTYPE;
5718     bt2 = type2->t & VT_BTYPE;
5719     /* accept comparison between pointer and integer with a warning */
5720     if ((is_integer_btype(bt1) || is_integer_btype(bt2)) && op != '-') {
5721         if (op != TOK_LOR && op != TOK_LAND )
5722             warning("comparison between pointer and integer");
5723         return;
5724     }
5725
5726     /* both must be pointers or implicit function pointers */
5727     if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
5728         type1 = pointed_type(type1);
5729     } else if (bt1 != VT_FUNC)
5730         goto invalid_operands;
5731
5732     if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5733         type2 = pointed_type(type2);
5734     } else if (bt2 != VT_FUNC) {
5735     invalid_operands:
5736         error("invalid operands to binary %s", get_tok_str(op, NULL));
5737     }
5738     if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID ||
5739         (type2->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
5740         return;
5741     tmp_type1 = *type1;
5742     tmp_type2 = *type2;
5743     tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
5744     tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
5745     if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2)) {
5746         /* gcc-like error if '-' is used */
5747         if (op == '-')
5748             goto invalid_operands;
5749         else
5750             warning("comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast");
5751     }
5752 }
5753
5754 /* generic gen_op: handles types problems */
5755 void gen_op(int op)
5756 {
5757     int u, t1, t2, bt1, bt2, t;
5758     CType type1;
5759
5760     t1 = vtop[-1].type.t;
5761     t2 = vtop[0].type.t;
5762     bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
5763     bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
5764
5765     if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5766         /* at least one operand is a pointer */
5767         /* relationnal op: must be both pointers */
5768         if (op >= TOK_ULT && op <= TOK_LOR) {
5769             check_comparison_pointer_types(vtop - 1, vtop, op);
5770             /* pointers are handled are unsigned */
5771             t = VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED;
5772             goto std_op;
5773         }
5774         /* if both pointers, then it must be the '-' op */
5775         if (bt1 == VT_PTR && bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5776             if (op != '-')
5777                 error("cannot use pointers here");
5778             check_comparison_pointer_types(vtop - 1, vtop, op);
5779             /* XXX: check that types are compatible */
5780             u = pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type);
5781             gen_opic(op);
5782             /* set to integer type */
5783             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
5784             vpushi(u);
5785             gen_op(TOK_PDIV);
5786         } else {
5787             /* exactly one pointer : must be '+' or '-'. */
5788             if (op != '-' && op != '+')
5789                 error("cannot use pointers here");
5790             /* Put pointer as first operand */
5791             if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5792                 vswap();
5793                 swap(&t1, &t2);
5794             }
5795             type1 = vtop[-1].type;
5796             /* XXX: cast to int ? (long long case) */
5797             vpushi(pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type));
5798             gen_op('*');
5799 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
5800             /* if evaluating constant expression, no code should be
5801                generated, so no bound check */
5802             if (do_bounds_check && !const_wanted) {
5803                 /* if bounded pointers, we generate a special code to
5804                    test bounds */
5805                 if (op == '-') {
5806                     vpushi(0);
5807                     vswap();
5808                     gen_op('-');
5809                 }
5810                 gen_bounded_ptr_add();
5811             } else
5812 #endif
5813             {
5814                 gen_opic(op);
5815             }
5816             /* put again type if gen_opic() swaped operands */
5817             vtop->type = type1;
5818         }
5819     } else if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
5820         /* compute bigger type and do implicit casts */
5821         if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
5822             t = VT_LDOUBLE;
5823         } else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
5824             t = VT_DOUBLE;
5825         } else {
5826             t = VT_FLOAT;
5827         }
5828         /* floats can only be used for a few operations */
5829         if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '*' && op != '/' &&
5830             (op < TOK_ULT || op > TOK_GT))
5831             error("invalid operands for binary operation");
5832         goto std_op;
5833     } else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
5834         /* cast to biggest op */
5835         t = VT_LLONG;
5836         /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
5837         if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
5838             (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
5839             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
5840         goto std_op;
5841     } else {
5842         /* integer operations */
5843         t = VT_INT;
5844         /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
5845         if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
5846             (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
5847             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
5848     std_op:
5849         /* XXX: currently, some unsigned operations are explicit, so
5850            we modify them here */
5851         if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
5852             if (op == TOK_SAR)
5853                 op = TOK_SHR;
5854             else if (op == '/')
5855                 op = TOK_UDIV;
5856             else if (op == '%')
5857                 op = TOK_UMOD;
5858             else if (op == TOK_LT)
5859                 op = TOK_ULT;
5860             else if (op == TOK_GT)
5861                 op = TOK_UGT;
5862             else if (op == TOK_LE)
5863                 op = TOK_ULE;
5864             else if (op == TOK_GE)
5865                 op = TOK_UGE;
5866         }
5867         vswap();
5868         type1.t = t;
5869         gen_cast(&type1);
5870         vswap();
5871         /* special case for shifts and long long: we keep the shift as
5872            an integer */
5873         if (op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR || op == TOK_SHL)
5874             type1.t = VT_INT;
5875         gen_cast(&type1);
5876         if (is_float(t))
5877             gen_opif(op);
5878         else
5879             gen_opic(op);
5880         if (op >= TOK_ULT && op <= TOK_GT) {
5881             /* relationnal op: the result is an int */
5882             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
5883         } else {
5884             vtop->type.t = t;
5885         }
5886     }
5887 }
5888
5889 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_ARM
5890 /* generic itof for unsigned long long case */
5891 void gen_cvt_itof1(int t)
5892 {
5893     if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) ==
5894         (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
5895
5896         if (t == VT_FLOAT)
5897             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundisf);
5898 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
5899         else if (t == VT_LDOUBLE)
5900             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundixf);
5901 #endif
5902         else
5903             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundidf);
5904         vrott(2);
5905         gfunc_call(1);
5906         vpushi(0);
5907         vtop->r = REG_FRET;
5908     } else {
5909         gen_cvt_itof(t);
5910     }
5911 }
5912 #endif
5913
5914 /* generic ftoi for unsigned long long case */
5915 void gen_cvt_ftoi1(int t)
5916 {
5917     int st;
5918
5919     if (t == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
5920         /* not handled natively */
5921         st = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
5922         if (st == VT_FLOAT)
5923             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunssfdi);
5924 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
5925         else if (st == VT_LDOUBLE)
5926             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunsxfdi);
5927 #endif
5928         else
5929             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunsdfdi);
5930         vrott(2);
5931         gfunc_call(1);
5932         vpushi(0);
5933         vtop->r = REG_IRET;
5934         vtop->r2 = REG_LRET;
5935     } else {
5936         gen_cvt_ftoi(t);
5937     }
5938 }
5939
5940 /* force char or short cast */
5941 void force_charshort_cast(int t)
5942 {
5943     int bits, dbt;
5944     dbt = t & VT_BTYPE;
5945     /* XXX: add optimization if lvalue : just change type and offset */
5946     if (dbt == VT_BYTE)
5947         bits = 8;
5948     else
5949         bits = 16;
5950     if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
5951         vpushi((1 << bits) - 1);
5952         gen_op('&');
5953     } else {
5954         bits = 32 - bits;
5955         vpushi(bits);
5956         gen_op(TOK_SHL);
5957         /* result must be signed or the SAR is converted to an SHL
5958            This was not the case when "t" was a signed short
5959            and the last value on the stack was an unsigned int */
5960         vtop->type.t &= ~VT_UNSIGNED;
5961         vpushi(bits);
5962         gen_op(TOK_SAR);
5963     }
5964 }
5965
5966 /* cast 'vtop' to 'type'. Casting to bitfields is forbidden. */
5967 static void gen_cast(CType *type)
5968 {
5969     int sbt, dbt, sf, df, c;
5970
5971     /* special delayed cast for char/short */
5972     /* XXX: in some cases (multiple cascaded casts), it may still
5973        be incorrect */
5974     if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTCAST) {
5975         vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTCAST;
5976         force_charshort_cast(vtop->type.t);
5977     }
5978
5979     /* bitfields first get cast to ints */
5980     if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
5981         gv(RC_INT);
5982     }
5983
5984     dbt = type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
5985     sbt = vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
5986
5987     if (sbt != dbt && !nocode_wanted) {
5988         sf = is_float(sbt);
5989         df = is_float(dbt);
5990         c = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5991         if (sf && df) {
5992             /* convert from fp to fp */
5993             if (c) {
5994                 /* constant case: we can do it now */
5995                 /* XXX: in ISOC, cannot do it if error in convert */
5996                 if (dbt == VT_FLOAT && sbt == VT_DOUBLE)
5997                     vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.d;
5998                 else if (dbt == VT_FLOAT && sbt == VT_LDOUBLE)
5999                     vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.ld;
6000                 else if (dbt == VT_DOUBLE && sbt == VT_FLOAT)
6001                     vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.f;
6002                 else if (dbt == VT_DOUBLE && sbt == VT_LDOUBLE)
6003                     vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.ld;
6004                 else if (dbt == VT_LDOUBLE && sbt == VT_FLOAT)
6005                     vtop->c.ld = (long double)vtop->c.f;
6006                 else if (dbt == VT_LDOUBLE && sbt == VT_DOUBLE)
6007                     vtop->c.ld = (long double)vtop->c.d;
6008             } else {
6009                 /* non constant case: generate code */
6010                 gen_cvt_ftof(dbt);
6011             }
6012         } else if (df) {
6013             /* convert int to fp */
6014             if (c) {
6015                 switch(sbt) {
6016                 case VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED:
6017                 case VT_LLONG:
6018                     /* XXX: add const cases for long long */
6019                     goto do_itof;
6020                 case VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED:
6021                     switch(dbt) {
6022                     case VT_FLOAT: vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.ui; break;
6023                     case VT_DOUBLE: vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.ui; break;
6024                     case VT_LDOUBLE: vtop->c.ld = (long double)vtop->c.ui; break;
6025                     }
6026                     break;
6027                 default:
6028                     switch(dbt) {
6029                     case VT_FLOAT: vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.i; break;
6030                     case VT_DOUBLE: vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.i; break;
6031                     case VT_LDOUBLE: vtop->c.ld = (long double)vtop->c.i; break;
6032                     }
6033                     break;
6034                 }
6035             } else {
6036             do_itof:
6037                 gen_cvt_itof1(dbt);
6038             }
6039         } else if (sf) {
6040             /* convert fp to int */
6041             if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
6042                  vpushi(0);
6043                  gen_op(TOK_NE);
6044             } else {
6045                 /* we handle char/short/etc... with generic code */
6046                 if (dbt != (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
6047                     dbt != (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
6048                     dbt != VT_LLONG)
6049                     dbt = VT_INT;
6050                 if (c) {
6051                     switch(dbt) {
6052                     case VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED:
6053                     case VT_LLONG:
6054                         /* XXX: add const cases for long long */
6055                         goto do_ftoi;
6056                     case VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED:
6057                         switch(sbt) {
6058                         case VT_FLOAT: vtop->c.ui = (unsigned int)vtop->c.d; break;
6059                         case VT_DOUBLE: vtop->c.ui = (unsigned int)vtop->c.d; break;
6060                         case VT_LDOUBLE: vtop->c.ui = (unsigned int)vtop->c.d; break;
6061                         }
6062                         break;
6063                     default:
6064                         /* int case */
6065                         switch(sbt) {
6066                         case VT_FLOAT: vtop->c.i = (int)vtop->c.d; break;
6067                         case VT_DOUBLE: vtop->c.i = (int)vtop->c.d; break;
6068                         case VT_LDOUBLE: vtop->c.i = (int)vtop->c.d; break;
6069                         }
6070                         break;
6071                     }
6072                 } else {
6073                 do_ftoi:
6074                     gen_cvt_ftoi1(dbt);
6075                 }
6076                 if (dbt == VT_INT && (type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) != dbt) {
6077                     /* additional cast for char/short... */
6078                     vtop->type.t = dbt;
6079                     gen_cast(type);
6080                 }
6081             }
6082         } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
6083             if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG) {
6084                 /* scalar to long long */
6085                 if (c) {
6086                     if (sbt == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
6087                         vtop->c.ll = vtop->c.ui;
6088                     else
6089                         vtop->c.ll = vtop->c.i;
6090                 } else {
6091                     /* machine independent conversion */
6092                     gv(RC_INT);
6093                     /* generate high word */
6094                     if (sbt == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
6095                         vpushi(0);
6096                         gv(RC_INT);
6097                     } else {
6098                         gv_dup();
6099                         vpushi(31);
6100                         gen_op(TOK_SAR);
6101                     }
6102                     /* patch second register */
6103                     vtop[-1].r2 = vtop->r;
6104                     vpop();
6105                 }
6106             }
6107         } else if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
6108             /* scalar to bool */
6109             vpushi(0);
6110             gen_op(TOK_NE);
6111         } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE ||
6112                    (dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT) {
6113             if (sbt == VT_PTR) {
6114                 vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6115                 warning("nonportable conversion from pointer to char/short");
6116             }
6117             force_charshort_cast(dbt);
6118         } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT) {
6119             /* scalar to int */
6120             if (sbt == VT_LLONG) {
6121                 /* from long long: just take low order word */
6122                 lexpand();
6123                 vpop();
6124             }
6125             /* if lvalue and single word type, nothing to do because
6126                the lvalue already contains the real type size (see
6127                VT_LVAL_xxx constants) */
6128         }
6129     } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR && !(vtop->r & VT_LVAL)) {
6130         /* if we are casting between pointer types,
6131            we must update the VT_LVAL_xxx size */
6132         vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~VT_LVAL_TYPE)
6133                   | (lvalue_type(type->ref->type.t) & VT_LVAL_TYPE);
6134     }
6135     vtop->type = *type;
6136 }
6137
6138 /* return type size. Put alignment at 'a' */
6139 static int type_size(CType *type, int *a)
6140 {
6141     Sym *s;
6142     int bt;
6143
6144     bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
6145     if (bt == VT_STRUCT) {
6146         /* struct/union */
6147         s = type->ref;
6148         *a = s->r;
6149         return s->c;
6150     } else if (bt == VT_PTR) {
6151         if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
6152             s = type->ref;
6153             return type_size(&s->type, a) * s->c;
6154         } else {
6155             *a = PTR_SIZE;
6156             return PTR_SIZE;
6157         }
6158     } else if (bt == VT_LDOUBLE) {
6159         *a = LDOUBLE_ALIGN;
6160         return LDOUBLE_SIZE;
6161     } else if (bt == VT_DOUBLE || bt == VT_LLONG) {
6162 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
6163         *a = 4;
6164 #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
6165 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
6166         *a = 8;
6167 #else
6168         *a = 4;
6169 #endif
6170 #else
6171         *a = 8;
6172 #endif
6173         return 8;
6174     } else if (bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_ENUM || bt == VT_FLOAT) {
6175         *a = 4;
6176         return 4;
6177     } else if (bt == VT_SHORT) {
6178         *a = 2;
6179         return 2;
6180     } else {
6181         /* char, void, function, _Bool */
6182         *a = 1;
6183         return 1;
6184     }
6185 }
6186
6187 /* return the pointed type of t */
6188 static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type)
6189 {
6190     return &type->ref->type;
6191 }
6192
6193 /* modify type so that its it is a pointer to type. */
6194 static void mk_pointer(CType *type)
6195 {
6196     Sym *s;
6197     s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, -1);
6198     type->t = VT_PTR | (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
6199     type->ref = s;
6200 }
6201
6202 /* compare function types. OLD functions match any new functions */
6203 static int is_compatible_func(CType *type1, CType *type2)
6204 {
6205     Sym *s1, *s2;
6206
6207     s1 = type1->ref;
6208     s2 = type2->ref;
6209     if (!is_compatible_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
6210         return 0;
6211     /* check func_call */
6212     if (FUNC_CALL(s1->r) != FUNC_CALL(s2->r))
6213         return 0;
6214     /* XXX: not complete */
6215     if (s1->c == FUNC_OLD || s2->c == FUNC_OLD)
6216         return 1;
6217     if (s1->c != s2->c)
6218         return 0;
6219     while (s1 != NULL) {
6220         if (s2 == NULL)
6221             return 0;
6222         if (!is_compatible_parameter_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
6223             return 0;
6224         s1 = s1->next;
6225         s2 = s2->next;
6226     }
6227     if (s2)
6228         return 0;
6229     return 1;
6230 }
6231
6232 /* return true if type1 and type2 are the same.  If unqualified is
6233    true, qualifiers on the types are ignored.
6234
6235    - enums are not checked as gcc __builtin_types_compatible_p ()
6236  */
6237 static int compare_types(CType *type1, CType *type2, int unqualified)
6238 {
6239     int bt1, t1, t2;
6240
6241     t1 = type1->t & VT_TYPE;
6242     t2 = type2->t & VT_TYPE;
6243     if (unqualified) {
6244         /* strip qualifiers before comparing */
6245         t1 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6246         t2 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6247     }
6248     /* XXX: bitfields ? */
6249     if (t1 != t2)
6250         return 0;
6251     /* test more complicated cases */
6252     bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
6253     if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
6254         type1 = pointed_type(type1);
6255         type2 = pointed_type(type2);
6256         return is_compatible_types(type1, type2);
6257     } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT) {
6258         return (type1->ref == type2->ref);
6259     } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC) {
6260         return is_compatible_func(type1, type2);
6261     } else {
6262         return 1;
6263     }
6264 }
6265
6266 /* return true if type1 and type2 are exactly the same (including
6267    qualifiers).
6268 */
6269 static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
6270 {
6271     return compare_types(type1,type2,0);
6272 }
6273
6274 /* return true if type1 and type2 are the same (ignoring qualifiers).
6275 */
6276 static int is_compatible_parameter_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
6277 {
6278     return compare_types(type1,type2,1);
6279 }
6280
6281 /* print a type. If 'varstr' is not NULL, then the variable is also
6282    printed in the type */
6283 /* XXX: union */
6284 /* XXX: add array and function pointers */
6285 void type_to_str(char *buf, int buf_size,
6286                  CType *type, const char *varstr)
6287 {
6288     int bt, v, t;
6289     Sym *s, *sa;
6290     char buf1[256];
6291     const char *tstr;
6292
6293     t = type->t & VT_TYPE;
6294     bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
6295     buf[0] = '\0';
6296     if (t & VT_CONSTANT)
6297         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "const ");
6298     if (t & VT_VOLATILE)
6299         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "volatile ");
6300     if (t & VT_UNSIGNED)
6301         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "unsigned ");
6302     switch(bt) {
6303     case VT_VOID:
6304         tstr = "void";
6305         goto add_tstr;
6306     case VT_BOOL:
6307         tstr = "_Bool";
6308         goto add_tstr;
6309     case VT_BYTE:
6310         tstr = "char";
6311         goto add_tstr;
6312     case VT_SHORT:
6313         tstr = "short";
6314         goto add_tstr;
6315     case VT_INT:
6316         tstr = "int";
6317         goto add_tstr;
6318     case VT_LONG:
6319         tstr = "long";
6320         goto add_tstr;
6321     case VT_LLONG:
6322         tstr = "long long";
6323         goto add_tstr;
6324     case VT_FLOAT:
6325         tstr = "float";
6326         goto add_tstr;
6327     case VT_DOUBLE:
6328         tstr = "double";
6329         goto add_tstr;
6330     case VT_LDOUBLE:
6331         tstr = "long double";
6332     add_tstr:
6333         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
6334         break;
6335     case VT_ENUM:
6336     case VT_STRUCT:
6337         if (bt == VT_STRUCT)
6338             tstr = "struct ";
6339         else
6340             tstr = "enum ";
6341         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
6342         v = type->ref->v & ~SYM_STRUCT;
6343         if (v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
6344             pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "<anonymous>");
6345         else
6346             pstrcat(buf, buf_size, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6347         break;
6348     case VT_FUNC:
6349         s = type->ref;
6350         type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, varstr);
6351         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "(");
6352         sa = s->next;
6353         while (sa != NULL) {
6354             type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), &sa->type, NULL);
6355             pstrcat(buf, buf_size, buf1);
6356             sa = sa->next;
6357             if (sa)
6358                 pstrcat(buf, buf_size, ", ");
6359         }
6360         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, ")");
6361         goto no_var;
6362     case VT_PTR:
6363         s = type->ref;
6364         pstrcpy(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "*");
6365         if (varstr)
6366             pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), varstr);
6367         type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, buf1);
6368         goto no_var;
6369     }
6370     if (varstr) {
6371         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, " ");
6372         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, varstr);
6373     }
6374  no_var: ;
6375 }
6376
6377 /* verify type compatibility to store vtop in 'dt' type, and generate
6378    casts if needed. */
6379 static void gen_assign_cast(CType *dt)
6380 {
6381     CType *st, *type1, *type2, tmp_type1, tmp_type2;
6382     char buf1[256], buf2[256];
6383     int dbt, sbt;
6384
6385     st = &vtop->type; /* source type */
6386     dbt = dt->t & VT_BTYPE;
6387     sbt = st->t & VT_BTYPE;
6388     if (dt->t & VT_CONSTANT)
6389         warning("assignment of read-only location");
6390     switch(dbt) {
6391     case VT_PTR:
6392         /* special cases for pointers */
6393         /* '0' can also be a pointer */
6394         if (is_null_pointer(vtop))
6395             goto type_ok;
6396         /* accept implicit pointer to integer cast with warning */
6397         if (is_integer_btype(sbt)) {
6398             warning("assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast");
6399             goto type_ok;
6400         }
6401         type1 = pointed_type(dt);
6402         /* a function is implicitely a function pointer */
6403         if (sbt == VT_FUNC) {
6404             if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_VOID &&
6405                 !is_compatible_types(pointed_type(dt), st))
6406                 goto error;
6407             else
6408                 goto type_ok;
6409         }
6410         if (sbt != VT_PTR)
6411             goto error;
6412         type2 = pointed_type(st);
6413         if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID ||
6414             (type2->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID) {
6415             /* void * can match anything */
6416         } else {
6417             /* exact type match, except for unsigned */
6418             tmp_type1 = *type1;
6419             tmp_type2 = *type2;
6420             tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6421             tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6422             if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2))
6423                 warning("assignment from incompatible pointer type");
6424         }
6425         /* check const and volatile */
6426         if ((!(type1->t & VT_CONSTANT) && (type2->t & VT_CONSTANT)) ||
6427             (!(type1->t & VT_VOLATILE) && (type2->t & VT_VOLATILE)))
6428             warning("assignment discards qualifiers from pointer target type");
6429         break;
6430     case VT_BYTE:
6431     case VT_SHORT:
6432     case VT_INT:
6433     case VT_LLONG:
6434         if (sbt == VT_PTR || sbt == VT_FUNC) {
6435             warning("assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast");
6436         }
6437         /* XXX: more tests */
6438         break;
6439     case VT_STRUCT:
6440         tmp_type1 = *dt;
6441         tmp_type2 = *st;
6442         tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6443         tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6444         if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2)) {
6445         error:
6446             type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), st, NULL);
6447             type_to_str(buf2, sizeof(buf2), dt, NULL);
6448             error("cannot cast '%s' to '%s'", buf1, buf2);
6449         }
6450         break;
6451     }
6452  type_ok:
6453     gen_cast(dt);
6454 }
6455
6456 /* store vtop in lvalue pushed on stack */
6457 void vstore(void)
6458 {
6459     int sbt, dbt, ft, r, t, size, align, bit_size, bit_pos, rc, delayed_cast;
6460
6461     ft = vtop[-1].type.t;
6462     sbt = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
6463     dbt = ft & VT_BTYPE;
6464     if (((sbt == VT_INT || sbt == VT_SHORT) && dbt == VT_BYTE) ||
6465         (sbt == VT_INT && dbt == VT_SHORT)) {
6466         /* optimize char/short casts */
6467         delayed_cast = VT_MUSTCAST;
6468         vtop->type.t = ft & VT_TYPE;
6469         /* XXX: factorize */
6470         if (ft & VT_CONSTANT)
6471             warning("assignment of read-only location");
6472     } else {
6473         delayed_cast = 0;
6474         if (!(ft & VT_BITFIELD))
6475             gen_assign_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
6476     }
6477
6478     if (sbt == VT_STRUCT) {
6479         /* if structure, only generate pointer */
6480         /* structure assignment : generate memcpy */
6481         /* XXX: optimize if small size */
6482         if (!nocode_wanted) {
6483             size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
6484
6485 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
6486             if(!(align & 7))
6487                 vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy8);
6488             else if(!(align & 3))
6489                 vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy4);
6490             else
6491 #endif
6492             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy);
6493
6494             /* destination */
6495             vpushv(vtop - 2);
6496             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6497             gaddrof();
6498             /* source */
6499             vpushv(vtop - 2);
6500             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6501             gaddrof();
6502             /* type size */
6503             vpushi(size);
6504             gfunc_call(3);
6505
6506             vswap();
6507             vpop();
6508         } else {
6509             vswap();
6510             vpop();
6511         }
6512         /* leave source on stack */
6513     } else if (ft & VT_BITFIELD) {
6514         /* bitfield store handling */
6515         bit_pos = (ft >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
6516         bit_size = (ft >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
6517         /* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
6518         vtop[-1].type.t = ft & ~(VT_BITFIELD | (-1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT));
6519
6520         /* duplicate source into other register */
6521         gv_dup();
6522         vswap();
6523         vrott(3);
6524
6525         /* duplicate destination */
6526         vdup();
6527         vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
6528
6529         /* mask and shift source */
6530         vpushi((1 << bit_size) - 1);
6531         gen_op('&');
6532         vpushi(bit_pos);
6533         gen_op(TOK_SHL);
6534         /* load destination, mask and or with source */
6535         vswap();
6536         vpushi(~(((1 << bit_size) - 1) << bit_pos));
6537         gen_op('&');
6538         gen_op('|');
6539         /* store result */
6540         vstore();
6541
6542         /* pop off shifted source from "duplicate source..." above */
6543         vpop();
6544
6545     } else {
6546 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
6547         /* bound check case */
6548         if (vtop[-1].r & VT_MUSTBOUND) {
6549             vswap();
6550             gbound();
6551             vswap();
6552         }
6553 #endif
6554         if (!nocode_wanted) {
6555             rc = RC_INT;
6556             if (is_float(ft))
6557                 rc = RC_FLOAT;
6558             r = gv(rc);  /* generate value */
6559             /* if lvalue was saved on stack, must read it */
6560             if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL) {
6561                 SValue sv;
6562                 t = get_reg(RC_INT);
6563                 sv.type.t = VT_INT;
6564                 sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
6565                 sv.c.ul = vtop[-1].c.ul;
6566                 load(t, &sv);
6567                 vtop[-1].r = t | VT_LVAL;
6568             }
6569             store(r, vtop - 1);
6570             /* two word case handling : store second register at word + 4 */
6571             if ((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
6572                 vswap();
6573                 /* convert to int to increment easily */
6574                 vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6575                 gaddrof();
6576                 vpushi(4);
6577                 gen_op('+');
6578                 vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
6579                 vswap();
6580                 /* XXX: it works because r2 is spilled last ! */
6581                 store(vtop->r2, vtop - 1);
6582             }
6583         }
6584         vswap();
6585         vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
6586         vtop->r |= delayed_cast;
6587     }
6588 }
6589
6590 /* post defines POST/PRE add. c is the token ++ or -- */
6591 void inc(int post, int c)
6592 {
6593     test_lvalue();
6594     vdup(); /* save lvalue */
6595     if (post) {
6596         gv_dup(); /* duplicate value */
6597         vrotb(3);
6598         vrotb(3);
6599     }
6600     /* add constant */
6601     vpushi(c - TOK_MID);
6602     gen_op('+');
6603     vstore(); /* store value */
6604     if (post)
6605         vpop(); /* if post op, return saved value */
6606 }
6607
6608 /* Parse GNUC __attribute__ extension. Currently, the following
6609    extensions are recognized:
6610    - aligned(n) : set data/function alignment.
6611    - packed : force data alignment to 1
6612    - section(x) : generate data/code in this section.
6613    - unused : currently ignored, but may be used someday.
6614    - regparm(n) : pass function parameters in registers (i386 only)
6615  */
6616 static void parse_attribute(AttributeDef *ad)
6617 {
6618     int t, n;
6619
6620     while (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2) {
6621     next();
6622     skip('(');
6623     skip('(');
6624     while (tok != ')') {
6625         if (tok < TOK_IDENT)
6626             expect("attribute name");
6627         t = tok;
6628         next();
6629         switch(t) {
6630         case TOK_SECTION1:
6631         case TOK_SECTION2:
6632             skip('(');
6633             if (tok != TOK_STR)
6634                 expect("section name");
6635             ad->section = find_section(tcc_state, (char *)tokc.cstr->data);
6636             next();
6637             skip(')');
6638             break;
6639         case TOK_ALIGNED1:
6640         case TOK_ALIGNED2:
6641             if (tok == '(') {
6642                 next();
6643                 n = expr_const();
6644                 if (n <= 0 || (n & (n - 1)) != 0)
6645                     error("alignment must be a positive power of two");
6646                 skip(')');
6647             } else {
6648                 n = MAX_ALIGN;
6649             }
6650             ad->aligned = n;
6651             break;
6652         case TOK_PACKED1:
6653         case TOK_PACKED2:
6654             ad->packed = 1;
6655             break;
6656         case TOK_UNUSED1:
6657         case TOK_UNUSED2:
6658             /* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
6659                track unused objects */
6660             break;
6661         case TOK_NORETURN1:
6662         case TOK_NORETURN2:
6663             /* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
6664                track unused objects */
6665             break;
6666         case TOK_CDECL1:
6667         case TOK_CDECL2:
6668         case TOK_CDECL3:
6669             FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_CDECL;
6670             break;
6671         case TOK_STDCALL1:
6672         case TOK_STDCALL2:
6673         case TOK_STDCALL3:
6674             FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_STDCALL;
6675             break;
6676 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
6677         case TOK_REGPARM1:
6678         case TOK_REGPARM2:
6679             skip('(');
6680             n = expr_const();
6681             if (n > 3)
6682                 n = 3;
6683             else if (n < 0)
6684                 n = 0;
6685             if (n > 0)
6686                 FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_FASTCALL1 + n - 1;
6687             skip(')');
6688             break;
6689         case TOK_FASTCALL1:
6690         case TOK_FASTCALL2:
6691         case TOK_FASTCALL3:
6692             FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_FASTCALLW;
6693             break;
6694 #endif
6695         case TOK_DLLEXPORT:
6696             FUNC_EXPORT(ad->func_attr) = 1;
6697             break;
6698         default:
6699             if (tcc_state->warn_unsupported)
6700                 warning("'%s' attribute ignored", get_tok_str(t, NULL));
6701             /* skip parameters */
6702             if (tok == '(') {
6703                 int parenthesis = 0;
6704                 do {
6705                     if (tok == '(')
6706                         parenthesis++;
6707                     else if (tok == ')')
6708                         parenthesis--;
6709                     next();
6710                 } while (parenthesis && tok != -1);
6711             }
6712             break;
6713         }
6714         if (tok != ',')
6715             break;
6716         next();
6717     }
6718     skip(')');
6719     skip(')');
6720     }
6721 }
6722
6723 /* enum/struct/union declaration. u is either VT_ENUM or VT_STRUCT */
6724 static void struct_decl(CType *type, int u)
6725 {
6726     int a, v, size, align, maxalign, c, offset;
6727     int bit_size, bit_pos, bsize, bt, lbit_pos;
6728     Sym *s, *ss, *ass, **ps;
6729     AttributeDef ad;
6730     CType type1, btype;
6731
6732     a = tok; /* save decl type */
6733     next();
6734     if (tok != '{') {
6735         v = tok;
6736         next();
6737         /* struct already defined ? return it */
6738         if (v < TOK_IDENT)
6739             expect("struct/union/enum name");
6740         s = struct_find(v);
6741         if (s) {
6742             if (s->type.t != a)
6743                 error("invalid type");
6744             goto do_decl;
6745         }
6746     } else {
6747         v = anon_sym++;
6748     }
6749     type1.t = a;
6750     /* we put an undefined size for struct/union */
6751     s = sym_push(v | SYM_STRUCT, &type1, 0, -1);
6752     s->r = 0; /* default alignment is zero as gcc */
6753     /* put struct/union/enum name in type */
6754  do_decl:
6755     type->t = u;
6756     type->ref = s;
6757
6758     if (tok == '{') {
6759         next();
6760         if (s->c != -1)
6761             error("struct/union/enum already defined");
6762         /* cannot be empty */
6763         c = 0;
6764         /* non empty enums are not allowed */
6765         if (a == TOK_ENUM) {
6766             for(;;) {
6767                 v = tok;
6768                 if (v < TOK_UIDENT)
6769                     expect("identifier");
6770                 next();
6771                 if (tok == '=') {
6772                     next();
6773                     c = expr_const();
6774                 }
6775                 /* enum symbols have static storage */
6776                 ss = sym_push(v, &int_type, VT_CONST, c);
6777                 ss->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
6778                 if (tok != ',')
6779                     break;
6780                 next();
6781                 c++;
6782                 /* NOTE: we accept a trailing comma */
6783                 if (tok == '}')
6784                     break;
6785             }
6786             skip('}');
6787         } else {
6788             maxalign = 1;
6789             ps = &s->next;
6790             bit_pos = 0;
6791             offset = 0;
6792             while (tok != '}') {
6793                 parse_btype(&btype, &ad);
6794                 while (1) {
6795                     bit_size = -1;
6796                     v = 0;
6797                     type1 = btype;
6798                     if (tok != ':') {
6799                         type_decl(&type1, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT | TYPE_ABSTRACT);
6800                         if (v == 0 && (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
6801                             expect("identifier");
6802                         if ((type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC ||
6803                             (type1.t & (VT_TYPEDEF | VT_STATIC | VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE)))
6804                             error("invalid type for '%s'",
6805                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6806                     }
6807                     if (tok == ':') {
6808                         next();
6809                         bit_size = expr_const();
6810                         /* XXX: handle v = 0 case for messages */
6811                         if (bit_size < 0)
6812                             error("negative width in bit-field '%s'",
6813                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6814                         if (v && bit_size == 0)
6815                             error("zero width for bit-field '%s'",
6816                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6817                     }
6818                     size = type_size(&type1, &align);
6819                     if (ad.aligned) {
6820                         if (align < ad.aligned)
6821                             align = ad.aligned;
6822                     } else if (ad.packed) {
6823                         align = 1;
6824                     } else if (*tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr) {
6825                         if (align > *tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr)
6826                             align = *tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr;
6827                     }
6828                     lbit_pos = 0;
6829                     if (bit_size >= 0) {
6830                         bt = type1.t & VT_BTYPE;
6831                         if (bt != VT_INT &&
6832                             bt != VT_BYTE &&
6833                             bt != VT_SHORT &&
6834                             bt != VT_BOOL &&
6835                             bt != VT_ENUM)
6836                             error("bitfields must have scalar type");
6837                         bsize = size * 8;
6838                         if (bit_size > bsize) {
6839                             error("width of '%s' exceeds its type",
6840                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6841                         } else if (bit_size == bsize) {
6842                             /* no need for bit fields */
6843                             bit_pos = 0;
6844                         } else if (bit_size == 0) {
6845                             /* XXX: what to do if only padding in a
6846                                structure ? */
6847                             /* zero size: means to pad */
6848                             if (bit_pos > 0)
6849                                 bit_pos = bsize;
6850                         } else {
6851                             /* we do not have enough room ? */
6852                             if ((bit_pos + bit_size) > bsize)
6853                                 bit_pos = 0;
6854                             lbit_pos = bit_pos;
6855                             /* XXX: handle LSB first */
6856                             type1.t |= VT_BITFIELD |
6857                                 (bit_pos << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) |
6858                                 (bit_size << (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6));
6859                             bit_pos += bit_size;
6860                         }
6861                     } else {
6862                         bit_pos = 0;
6863                     }
6864                     if (v != 0 || (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
6865                         /* add new memory data only if starting
6866                            bit field */
6867                         if (lbit_pos == 0) {
6868                             if (a == TOK_STRUCT) {
6869                                 c = (c + align - 1) & -align;
6870                                 offset = c;
6871                                 if (size > 0)
6872                                     c += size;
6873                             } else {
6874                                 offset = 0;
6875                                 if (size > c)
6876                                     c = size;
6877                             }
6878                             if (align > maxalign)
6879                                 maxalign = align;
6880                         }
6881 #if 0
6882                         printf("add field %s offset=%d",
6883                                get_tok_str(v, NULL), offset);
6884                         if (type1.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
6885                             printf(" pos=%d size=%d",
6886                                    (type1.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f,
6887                                    (type1.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f);
6888                         }
6889                         printf("\n");
6890 #endif
6891                     }
6892                     if (v == 0 && (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
6893                         ass = type1.ref;
6894                         while ((ass = ass->next) != NULL) {
6895                            ss = sym_push(ass->v, &ass->type, 0, offset + ass->c);
6896                            *ps = ss;
6897                            ps = &ss->next;
6898                         }
6899                     } else if (v) {
6900                         ss = sym_push(v | SYM_FIELD, &type1, 0, offset);
6901                         *ps = ss;
6902                         ps = &ss->next;
6903                     }
6904                     if (tok == ';' || tok == TOK_EOF)
6905                         break;
6906                     skip(',');
6907                 }
6908                 skip(';');
6909             }
6910             skip('}');
6911             /* store size and alignment */
6912             s->c = (c + maxalign - 1) & -maxalign;
6913             s->r = maxalign;
6914         }
6915     }
6916 }
6917
6918 /* return 0 if no type declaration. otherwise, return the basic type
6919    and skip it.
6920  */
6921 static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
6922 {
6923     int t, u, type_found, typespec_found, typedef_found;
6924     Sym *s;
6925     CType type1;
6926
6927     memset(ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
6928     type_found = 0;
6929     typespec_found = 0;
6930     typedef_found = 0;
6931     t = 0;
6932     while(1) {
6933         switch(tok) {
6934         case TOK_EXTENSION:
6935             /* currently, we really ignore extension */
6936             next();
6937             continue;
6938
6939             /* basic types */
6940         case TOK_CHAR:
6941             u = VT_BYTE;
6942         basic_type:
6943             next();
6944         basic_type1:
6945             if ((t & VT_BTYPE) != 0)
6946                 error("too many basic types");
6947             t |= u;
6948             typespec_found = 1;
6949             break;
6950         case TOK_VOID:
6951             u = VT_VOID;
6952             goto basic_type;
6953         case TOK_SHORT:
6954             u = VT_SHORT;
6955             goto basic_type;
6956         case TOK_INT:
6957             next();
6958             typespec_found = 1;
6959             break;
6960         case TOK_LONG:
6961             next();
6962             if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE) {
6963                 t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LDOUBLE;
6964             } else if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG) {
6965                 t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LLONG;
6966             } else {
6967                 u = VT_LONG;
6968                 goto basic_type1;
6969             }
6970             break;
6971         case TOK_BOOL:
6972             u = VT_BOOL;
6973             goto basic_type;
6974         case TOK_FLOAT:
6975             u = VT_FLOAT;
6976             goto basic_type;
6977         case TOK_DOUBLE:
6978             next();
6979             if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG) {
6980                 t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LDOUBLE;
6981             } else {
6982                 u = VT_DOUBLE;
6983                 goto basic_type1;
6984             }
6985             break;
6986         case TOK_ENUM:
6987             struct_decl(&type1, VT_ENUM);
6988         basic_type2:
6989             u = type1.t;
6990             type->ref = type1.ref;
6991             goto basic_type1;
6992         case TOK_STRUCT:
6993         case TOK_UNION:
6994             struct_decl(&type1, VT_STRUCT);
6995             goto basic_type2;
6996
6997             /* type modifiers */
6998         case TOK_CONST1:
6999         case TOK_CONST2:
7000         case TOK_CONST3:
7001             t |= VT_CONSTANT;
7002             next();
7003             break;
7004         case TOK_VOLATILE1:
7005         case TOK_VOLATILE2:
7006         case TOK_VOLATILE3:
7007             t |= VT_VOLATILE;
7008             next();
7009             break;
7010         case TOK_SIGNED1:
7011         case TOK_SIGNED2:
7012         case TOK_SIGNED3:
7013             typespec_found = 1;
7014             t |= VT_SIGNED;
7015             next();
7016             break;
7017         case TOK_REGISTER:
7018         case TOK_AUTO:
7019         case TOK_RESTRICT1:
7020         case TOK_RESTRICT2:
7021         case TOK_RESTRICT3:
7022             next();
7023             break;
7024         case TOK_UNSIGNED:
7025             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
7026             next();
7027             typespec_found = 1;
7028             break;
7029
7030             /* storage */
7031         case TOK_EXTERN:
7032             t |= VT_EXTERN;
7033             next();
7034             break;
7035         case TOK_STATIC:
7036             t |= VT_STATIC;
7037             next();
7038             break;
7039         case TOK_TYPEDEF:
7040             t |= VT_TYPEDEF;
7041             next();
7042             break;
7043         case TOK_INLINE1:
7044         case TOK_INLINE2:
7045         case TOK_INLINE3:
7046             t |= VT_INLINE;
7047             next();
7048             break;
7049
7050             /* GNUC attribute */
7051         case TOK_ATTRIBUTE1:
7052         case TOK_ATTRIBUTE2:
7053             parse_attribute(ad);
7054             break;
7055             /* GNUC typeof */
7056         case TOK_TYPEOF1:
7057         case TOK_TYPEOF2:
7058         case TOK_TYPEOF3:
7059             next();
7060             parse_expr_type(&type1);
7061             goto basic_type2;
7062         default:
7063             if (typespec_found || typedef_found)
7064                 goto the_end;
7065             s = sym_find(tok);
7066             if (!s || !(s->type.t & VT_TYPEDEF))
7067                 goto the_end;
7068             typedef_found = 1;
7069             t |= (s->type.t & ~VT_TYPEDEF);
7070             type->ref = s->type.ref;
7071             next();
7072             typespec_found = 1;
7073             break;
7074         }
7075         type_found = 1;
7076     }
7077 the_end:
7078     if ((t & (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED))
7079         error("signed and unsigned modifier");
7080     if (tcc_state->char_is_unsigned) {
7081         if ((t & (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED|VT_BTYPE)) == VT_BYTE)
7082             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
7083     }
7084     t &= ~VT_SIGNED;
7085
7086     /* long is never used as type */
7087     if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG)
7088         t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_INT;
7089     type->t = t;
7090     return type_found;
7091 }
7092
7093 /* convert a function parameter type (array to pointer and function to
7094    function pointer) */
7095 static inline void convert_parameter_type(CType *pt)
7096 {
7097     /* remove const and volatile qualifiers (XXX: const could be used
7098        to indicate a const function parameter */
7099     pt->t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
7100     /* array must be transformed to pointer according to ANSI C */
7101     pt->t &= ~VT_ARRAY;
7102     if ((pt->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
7103         mk_pointer(pt);
7104     }
7105 }
7106
7107 static void post_type(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
7108 {
7109     int n, l, t1, arg_size, align;
7110     Sym **plast, *s, *first;
7111     AttributeDef ad1;
7112     CType pt;
7113
7114     if (tok == '(') {
7115         /* function declaration */
7116         next();
7117         l = 0;
7118         first = NULL;
7119         plast = &first;
7120         arg_size = 0;
7121         if (tok != ')') {
7122             for(;;) {
7123                 /* read param name and compute offset */
7124                 if (l != FUNC_OLD) {
7125                     if (!parse_btype(&pt, &ad1)) {
7126                         if (l) {
7127                             error("invalid type");
7128                         } else {
7129                             l = FUNC_OLD;
7130                             goto old_proto;
7131                         }
7132                     }
7133                     l = FUNC_NEW;
7134                     if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID && tok == ')')
7135                         break;
7136                     type_decl(&pt, &ad1, &n, TYPE_DIRECT | TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7137                     if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
7138                         error("parameter declared as void");
7139                     arg_size += (type_size(&pt, &align) + 3) & ~3;
7140                 } else {
7141                 old_proto:
7142                     n = tok;
7143                     if (n < TOK_UIDENT)
7144                         expect("identifier");
7145                     pt.t = VT_INT;
7146                     next();
7147                 }
7148                 convert_parameter_type(&pt);
7149                 s = sym_push(n | SYM_FIELD, &pt, 0, 0);
7150                 *plast = s;
7151                 plast = &s->next;
7152                 if (tok == ')')
7153                     break;
7154                 skip(',');
7155                 if (l == FUNC_NEW && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
7156                     l = FUNC_ELLIPSIS;
7157                     next();
7158                     break;
7159                 }
7160             }
7161         }
7162         /* if no parameters, then old type prototype */
7163         if (l == 0)
7164             l = FUNC_OLD;
7165         skip(')');
7166         t1 = type->t & VT_STORAGE;
7167         /* NOTE: const is ignored in returned type as it has a special
7168            meaning in gcc / C++ */
7169         type->t &= ~(VT_STORAGE | VT_CONSTANT);
7170         post_type(type, ad);
7171         /* we push a anonymous symbol which will contain the function prototype */
7172         FUNC_ARGS(ad->func_attr) = arg_size;
7173         s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, ad->func_attr, l);
7174         s->next = first;
7175         type->t = t1 | VT_FUNC;
7176         type->ref = s;
7177     } else if (tok == '[') {
7178         /* array definition */
7179         next();
7180         n = -1;
7181         if (tok != ']') {
7182             n = expr_const();
7183             if (n < 0)
7184                 error("invalid array size");
7185         }
7186         skip(']');
7187         /* parse next post type */
7188         t1 = type->t & VT_STORAGE;
7189         type->t &= ~VT_STORAGE;
7190         post_type(type, ad);
7191
7192         /* we push a anonymous symbol which will contain the array
7193            element type */
7194         s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, n);
7195         type->t = t1 | VT_ARRAY | VT_PTR;
7196         type->ref = s;
7197     }
7198 }
7199
7200 /* Parse a type declaration (except basic type), and return the type
7201    in 'type'. 'td' is a bitmask indicating which kind of type decl is
7202    expected. 'type' should contain the basic type. 'ad' is the
7203    attribute definition of the basic type. It can be modified by
7204    type_decl().
7205  */
7206 static void type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td)
7207 {
7208     Sym *s;
7209     CType type1, *type2;
7210     int qualifiers;
7211
7212     while (tok == '*') {
7213         qualifiers = 0;
7214     redo:
7215         next();
7216         switch(tok) {
7217         case TOK_CONST1:
7218         case TOK_CONST2:
7219         case TOK_CONST3:
7220             qualifiers |= VT_CONSTANT;
7221             goto redo;
7222         case TOK_VOLATILE1:
7223         case TOK_VOLATILE2:
7224         case TOK_VOLATILE3:
7225             qualifiers |= VT_VOLATILE;
7226             goto redo;
7227         case TOK_RESTRICT1:
7228         case TOK_RESTRICT2:
7229         case TOK_RESTRICT3:
7230             goto redo;
7231         }
7232         mk_pointer(type);
7233         type->t |= qualifiers;
7234     }
7235
7236     /* XXX: clarify attribute handling */
7237     if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
7238         parse_attribute(ad);
7239
7240     /* recursive type */
7241     /* XXX: incorrect if abstract type for functions (e.g. 'int ()') */
7242     type1.t = 0; /* XXX: same as int */
7243     if (tok == '(') {
7244         next();
7245         /* XXX: this is not correct to modify 'ad' at this point, but
7246            the syntax is not clear */
7247         if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
7248             parse_attribute(ad);
7249         type_decl(&type1, ad, v, td);
7250         skip(')');
7251     } else {
7252         /* type identifier */
7253         if (tok >= TOK_IDENT && (td & TYPE_DIRECT)) {
7254             *v = tok;
7255             next();
7256         } else {
7257             if (!(td & TYPE_ABSTRACT))
7258                 expect("identifier");
7259             *v = 0;
7260         }
7261     }
7262     post_type(type, ad);
7263     if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
7264         parse_attribute(ad);
7265     if (!type1.t)
7266         return;
7267     /* append type at the end of type1 */
7268     type2 = &type1;
7269     for(;;) {
7270         s = type2->ref;
7271         type2 = &s->type;
7272         if (!type2->t) {
7273             *type2 = *type;
7274             break;
7275         }
7276     }
7277     *type = type1;
7278 }
7279
7280 /* compute the lvalue VT_LVAL_xxx needed to match type t. */
7281 static int lvalue_type(int t)
7282 {
7283     int bt, r;
7284     r = VT_LVAL;
7285     bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
7286     if (bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_BOOL)
7287         r |= VT_LVAL_BYTE;
7288     else if (bt == VT_SHORT)
7289         r |= VT_LVAL_SHORT;
7290     else
7291         return r;
7292     if (t & VT_UNSIGNED)
7293         r |= VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED;
7294     return r;
7295 }
7296
7297 /* indirection with full error checking and bound check */
7298 static void indir(void)
7299 {
7300     if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR) {
7301         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC)
7302             return;
7303         expect("pointer");
7304     }
7305     if ((vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && !nocode_wanted)
7306         gv(RC_INT);
7307     vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
7308     /* Arrays and functions are never lvalues */
7309     if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY)
7310         && (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
7311         vtop->r |= lvalue_type(vtop->type.t);
7312         /* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
7313         if (do_bounds_check)
7314             vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
7315     }
7316 }
7317
7318 /* pass a parameter to a function and do type checking and casting */
7319 static void gfunc_param_typed(Sym *func, Sym *arg)
7320 {
7321     int func_type;
7322     CType type;
7323
7324     func_type = func->c;
7325     if (func_type == FUNC_OLD ||
7326         (func_type == FUNC_ELLIPSIS && arg == NULL)) {
7327         /* default casting : only need to convert float to double */
7328         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FLOAT) {
7329             type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
7330             gen_cast(&type);
7331         }
7332     } else if (arg == NULL) {
7333         error("too many arguments to function");
7334     } else {
7335         type = arg->type;
7336         type.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
7337         gen_assign_cast(&type);
7338     }
7339 }
7340
7341 /* parse an expression of the form '(type)' or '(expr)' and return its
7342    type */
7343 static void parse_expr_type(CType *type)
7344 {
7345     int n;
7346     AttributeDef ad;
7347
7348     skip('(');
7349     if (parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
7350         type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7351     } else {
7352         expr_type(type);
7353     }
7354     skip(')');
7355 }
7356
7357 static void parse_type(CType *type)
7358 {
7359     AttributeDef ad;
7360     int n;
7361
7362     if (!parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
7363         expect("type");
7364     }
7365     type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7366 }
7367
7368 static void vpush_tokc(int t)
7369 {
7370     CType type;
7371     type.t = t;
7372     vsetc(&type, VT_CONST, &tokc);
7373 }
7374
7375 static void unary(void)
7376 {
7377     int n, t, align, size, r;
7378     CType type;
7379     Sym *s;
7380     AttributeDef ad;
7381
7382     /* XXX: GCC 2.95.3 does not generate a table although it should be
7383        better here */
7384  tok_next:
7385     switch(tok) {
7386     case TOK_EXTENSION:
7387         next();
7388         goto tok_next;
7389     case TOK_CINT:
7390     case TOK_CCHAR:
7391     case TOK_LCHAR:
7392         vpushi(tokc.i);
7393         next();
7394         break;
7395     case TOK_CUINT:
7396         vpush_tokc(VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED);
7397         next();
7398         break;
7399     case TOK_CLLONG:
7400         vpush_tokc(VT_LLONG);
7401         next();
7402         break;
7403     case TOK_CULLONG:
7404         vpush_tokc(VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED);
7405         next();
7406         break;
7407     case TOK_CFLOAT:
7408         vpush_tokc(VT_FLOAT);
7409         next();
7410         break;
7411     case TOK_CDOUBLE:
7412         vpush_tokc(VT_DOUBLE);
7413         next();
7414         break;
7415     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
7416         vpush_tokc(VT_LDOUBLE);
7417         next();
7418         break;
7419     case TOK___FUNCTION__:
7420         if (!gnu_ext)
7421             goto tok_identifier;
7422         /* fall thru */
7423     case TOK___FUNC__:
7424         {
7425             void *ptr;
7426             int len;
7427             /* special function name identifier */
7428             len = strlen(funcname) + 1;
7429             /* generate char[len] type */
7430             type.t = VT_BYTE;
7431             mk_pointer(&type);
7432             type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
7433             type.ref->c = len;
7434             vpush_ref(&type, data_section, data_section->data_offset, len);
7435             ptr = section_ptr_add(data_section, len);
7436             memcpy(ptr, funcname, len);
7437             next();
7438         }
7439         break;
7440     case TOK_LSTR:
7441 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
7442         t = VT_SHORT | VT_UNSIGNED;
7443 #else
7444         t = VT_INT;
7445 #endif
7446         goto str_init;
7447     case TOK_STR:
7448         /* string parsing */
7449         t = VT_BYTE;
7450     str_init:
7451         if (tcc_state->warn_write_strings)
7452             t |= VT_CONSTANT;
7453         type.t = t;
7454         mk_pointer(&type);
7455         type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
7456         memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
7457         decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, VT_CONST, 2, 0, 0);
7458         break;
7459     case '(':
7460         next();
7461         /* cast ? */
7462         if (parse_btype(&type, &ad)) {
7463             type_decl(&type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7464             skip(')');
7465             /* check ISOC99 compound literal */
7466             if (tok == '{') {
7467                     /* data is allocated locally by default */
7468                 if (global_expr)
7469                     r = VT_CONST;
7470                 else
7471                     r = VT_LOCAL;
7472                 /* all except arrays are lvalues */
7473                 if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY))
7474                     r |= lvalue_type(type.t);
7475                 memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
7476                 decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r, 1, 0, 0);
7477             } else {
7478                 unary();
7479                 gen_cast(&type);
7480             }
7481         } else if (tok == '{') {
7482             /* save all registers */
7483             save_regs(0);
7484             /* statement expression : we do not accept break/continue
7485                inside as GCC does */
7486             block(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 1);
7487             skip(')');
7488         } else {
7489             gexpr();
7490             skip(')');
7491         }
7492         break;
7493     case '*':
7494         next();
7495         unary();
7496         indir();
7497         break;
7498     case '&':
7499         next();
7500         unary();
7501         /* functions names must be treated as function pointers,
7502            except for unary '&' and sizeof. Since we consider that
7503            functions are not lvalues, we only have to handle it
7504            there and in function calls. */
7505         /* arrays can also be used although they are not lvalues */
7506         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC &&
7507             !(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY) && !(vtop->type.t & VT_LLOCAL))
7508             test_lvalue();
7509         mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
7510         gaddrof();
7511         break;
7512     case '!':
7513         next();
7514         unary();
7515         if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST)
7516             vtop->c.i = !vtop->c.i;
7517         else if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_CMP)
7518             vtop->c.i = vtop->c.i ^ 1;
7519         else {
7520             save_regs(1);
7521             vseti(VT_JMP, gtst(1, 0));
7522         }
7523         break;
7524     case '~':
7525         next();
7526         unary();
7527         vpushi(-1);
7528         gen_op('^');
7529         break;
7530     case '+':
7531         next();
7532         /* in order to force cast, we add zero */
7533         unary();
7534         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR)
7535             error("pointer not accepted for unary plus");
7536         vpushi(0);
7537         gen_op('+');
7538         break;
7539     case TOK_SIZEOF:
7540     case TOK_ALIGNOF1:
7541     case TOK_ALIGNOF2:
7542         t = tok;
7543         next();
7544         if (tok == '(') {
7545             parse_expr_type(&type);
7546         } else {
7547             unary_type(&type);
7548         }
7549         size = type_size(&type, &align);
7550         if (t == TOK_SIZEOF) {
7551             if (size < 0)
7552                 error("sizeof applied to an incomplete type");
7553             vpushi(size);
7554         } else {
7555             vpushi(align);
7556         }
7557         vtop->type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
7558         break;
7559
7560     case TOK_builtin_types_compatible_p:
7561         {
7562             CType type1, type2;
7563             next();
7564             skip('(');
7565             parse_type(&type1);
7566             skip(',');
7567             parse_type(&type2);
7568             skip(')');
7569             type1.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
7570             type2.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
7571             vpushi(is_compatible_types(&type1, &type2));
7572         }
7573         break;
7574     case TOK_builtin_constant_p:
7575         {
7576             int saved_nocode_wanted, res;
7577             next();
7578             skip('(');
7579             saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
7580             nocode_wanted = 1;
7581             gexpr();
7582             res = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
7583             vpop();
7584             nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
7585             skip(')');
7586             vpushi(res);
7587         }
7588         break;
7589     case TOK_INC:
7590     case TOK_DEC:
7591         t = tok;
7592         next();
7593         unary();
7594         inc(0, t);
7595         break;
7596     case '-':
7597         next();
7598         vpushi(0);
7599         unary();
7600         gen_op('-');
7601         break;
7602     case TOK_LAND:
7603         if (!gnu_ext)
7604             goto tok_identifier;
7605         next();
7606         /* allow to take the address of a label */
7607         if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
7608             expect("label identifier");
7609         s = label_find(tok);
7610         if (!s) {
7611             s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
7612         } else {
7613             if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
7614                 s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
7615         }
7616         if (!s->type.t) {
7617             s->type.t = VT_VOID;
7618             mk_pointer(&s->type);
7619             s->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
7620         }
7621         vset(&s->type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, 0);
7622         vtop->sym = s;
7623         next();
7624         break;
7625     default:
7626     tok_identifier:
7627         t = tok;
7628         next();
7629         if (t < TOK_UIDENT)
7630             expect("identifier");
7631         s = sym_find(t);
7632         if (!s) {
7633             if (tok != '(')
7634                 error("'%s' undeclared", get_tok_str(t, NULL));
7635             /* for simple function calls, we tolerate undeclared
7636                external reference to int() function */
7637             if (tcc_state->warn_implicit_function_declaration)
7638                 warning("implicit declaration of function '%s'",
7639                         get_tok_str(t, NULL));
7640             s = external_global_sym(t, &func_old_type, 0);
7641         }
7642         if ((s->type.t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE | VT_BTYPE)) ==
7643             (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE | VT_FUNC)) {
7644             /* if referencing an inline function, then we generate a
7645                symbol to it if not already done. It will have the
7646                effect to generate code for it at the end of the
7647                compilation unit. Inline function as always
7648                generated in the text section. */
7649             if (!s->c)
7650                 put_extern_sym(s, text_section, 0, 0);
7651             r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
7652         } else {
7653             r = s->r;
7654         }
7655         vset(&s->type, r, s->c);
7656         /* if forward reference, we must point to s */
7657         if (vtop->r & VT_SYM) {
7658             vtop->sym = s;
7659             vtop->c.ul = 0;
7660         }
7661         break;
7662     }
7663
7664     /* post operations */
7665     while (1) {
7666         if (tok == TOK_INC || tok == TOK_DEC) {
7667             inc(1, tok);
7668             next();
7669         } else if (tok == '.' || tok == TOK_ARROW) {
7670             /* field */
7671             if (tok == TOK_ARROW)
7672                 indir();
7673             test_lvalue();
7674             gaddrof();
7675             next();
7676             /* expect pointer on structure */
7677             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
7678                 expect("struct or union");
7679             s = vtop->type.ref;
7680             /* find field */
7681             tok |= SYM_FIELD;
7682             while ((s = s->next) != NULL) {
7683                 if (s->v == tok)
7684                     break;
7685             }
7686             if (!s)
7687                 error("field not found: %s",  get_tok_str(tok & ~SYM_FIELD, NULL));
7688             /* add field offset to pointer */
7689             vtop->type = char_pointer_type; /* change type to 'char *' */
7690             vpushi(s->c);
7691             gen_op('+');
7692             /* change type to field type, and set to lvalue */
7693             vtop->type = s->type;
7694             /* an array is never an lvalue */
7695             if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY)) {
7696                 vtop->r |= lvalue_type(vtop->type.t);
7697                 /* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
7698                 if (do_bounds_check)
7699                     vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
7700             }
7701             next();
7702         } else if (tok == '[') {
7703             next();
7704             gexpr();
7705             gen_op('+');
7706             indir();
7707             skip(']');
7708         } else if (tok == '(') {
7709             SValue ret;
7710             Sym *sa;
7711             int nb_args;
7712
7713             /* function call  */
7714             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
7715                 /* pointer test (no array accepted) */
7716                 if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_ARRAY)) == VT_PTR) {
7717                     vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
7718                     if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
7719                         goto error_func;
7720                 } else {
7721                 error_func:
7722                     expect("function pointer");
7723                 }
7724             } else {
7725                 vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL; /* no lvalue */
7726             }
7727             /* get return type */
7728             s = vtop->type.ref;
7729             next();
7730             sa = s->next; /* first parameter */
7731             nb_args = 0;
7732             ret.r2 = VT_CONST;
7733             /* compute first implicit argument if a structure is returned */
7734             if ((s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
7735                 /* get some space for the returned structure */
7736                 size = type_size(&s->type, &align);
7737                 loc = (loc - size) & -align;
7738                 ret.type = s->type;
7739                 ret.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
7740                 /* pass it as 'int' to avoid structure arg passing
7741                    problems */
7742                 vseti(VT_LOCAL, loc);
7743                 ret.c = vtop->c;
7744                 nb_args++;
7745             } else {
7746                 ret.type = s->type;
7747                 /* return in register */
7748                 if (is_float(ret.type.t)) {
7749                     ret.r = REG_FRET;
7750                 } else {
7751                     if ((ret.type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
7752                         ret.r2 = REG_LRET;
7753                     ret.r = REG_IRET;
7754                 }
7755                 ret.c.i = 0;
7756             }
7757             if (tok != ')') {
7758                 for(;;) {
7759                     expr_eq();
7760                     gfunc_param_typed(s, sa);
7761                     nb_args++;
7762                     if (sa)
7763                         sa = sa->next;
7764                     if (tok == ')')
7765                         break;
7766                     skip(',');
7767                 }
7768             }
7769             if (sa)
7770                 error("too few arguments to function");
7771             skip(')');
7772             if (!nocode_wanted) {
7773                 gfunc_call(nb_args);
7774             } else {
7775                 vtop -= (nb_args + 1);
7776             }
7777             /* return value */
7778             vsetc(&ret.type, ret.r, &ret.c);
7779             vtop->r2 = ret.r2;
7780         } else {
7781             break;
7782         }
7783     }
7784 }
7785
7786 static void uneq(void)
7787 {
7788     int t;
7789
7790     unary();
7791     if (tok == '=' ||
7792         (tok >= TOK_A_MOD && tok <= TOK_A_DIV) ||
7793         tok == TOK_A_XOR || tok == TOK_A_OR ||
7794         tok == TOK_A_SHL || tok == TOK_A_SAR) {
7795         test_lvalue();
7796         t = tok;
7797         next();
7798         if (t == '=') {
7799             expr_eq();
7800         } else {
7801             vdup();
7802             expr_eq();
7803             gen_op(t & 0x7f);
7804         }
7805         vstore();
7806     }
7807 }
7808
7809 static void expr_prod(void)
7810 {
7811     int t;
7812
7813     uneq();
7814     while (tok == '*' || tok == '/' || tok == '%') {
7815         t = tok;
7816         next();
7817         uneq();
7818         gen_op(t);
7819     }
7820 }
7821
7822 static void expr_sum(void)
7823 {
7824     int t;
7825
7826     expr_prod();
7827     while (tok == '+' || tok == '-') {
7828         t = tok;
7829         next();
7830         expr_prod();
7831         gen_op(t);
7832     }
7833 }
7834
7835 static void expr_shift(void)
7836 {
7837     int t;
7838
7839     expr_sum();
7840     while (tok == TOK_SHL || tok == TOK_SAR) {
7841         t = tok;
7842         next();
7843         expr_sum();
7844         gen_op(t);
7845     }
7846 }
7847
7848 static void expr_cmp(void)
7849 {
7850     int t;
7851
7852     expr_shift();
7853     while ((tok >= TOK_ULE && tok <= TOK_GT) ||
7854            tok == TOK_ULT || tok == TOK_UGE) {
7855         t = tok;
7856         next();
7857         expr_shift();
7858         gen_op(t);
7859     }
7860 }
7861
7862 static void expr_cmpeq(void)
7863 {
7864     int t;
7865
7866     expr_cmp();
7867     while (tok == TOK_EQ || tok == TOK_NE) {
7868         t = tok;
7869         next();
7870         expr_cmp();
7871         gen_op(t);
7872     }
7873 }
7874
7875 static void expr_and(void)
7876 {
7877     expr_cmpeq();
7878     while (tok == '&') {
7879         next();
7880         expr_cmpeq();
7881         gen_op('&');
7882     }
7883 }
7884
7885 static void expr_xor(void)
7886 {
7887     expr_and();
7888     while (tok == '^') {
7889         next();
7890         expr_and();
7891         gen_op('^');
7892     }
7893 }
7894
7895 static void expr_or(void)
7896 {
7897     expr_xor();
7898     while (tok == '|') {
7899         next();
7900         expr_xor();
7901         gen_op('|');
7902     }
7903 }
7904
7905 /* XXX: fix this mess */
7906 static void expr_land_const(void)
7907 {
7908     expr_or();
7909     while (tok == TOK_LAND) {
7910         next();
7911         expr_or();
7912         gen_op(TOK_LAND);
7913     }
7914 }
7915
7916 /* XXX: fix this mess */
7917 static void expr_lor_const(void)
7918 {
7919     expr_land_const();
7920     while (tok == TOK_LOR) {
7921         next();
7922         expr_land_const();
7923         gen_op(TOK_LOR);
7924     }
7925 }
7926
7927 /* only used if non constant */
7928 static void expr_land(void)
7929 {
7930     int t;
7931
7932     expr_or();
7933     if (tok == TOK_LAND) {
7934         t = 0;
7935         save_regs(1);
7936         for(;;) {
7937             t = gtst(1, t);
7938             if (tok != TOK_LAND) {
7939                 vseti(VT_JMPI, t);
7940                 break;
7941             }
7942             next();
7943             expr_or();
7944         }
7945     }
7946 }
7947
7948 static void expr_lor(void)
7949 {
7950     int t;
7951
7952     expr_land();
7953     if (tok == TOK_LOR) {
7954         t = 0;
7955         save_regs(1);
7956         for(;;) {
7957             t = gtst(0, t);
7958             if (tok != TOK_LOR) {
7959                 vseti(VT_JMP, t);
7960                 break;
7961             }
7962             next();
7963             expr_land();
7964         }
7965     }
7966 }
7967
7968 /* XXX: better constant handling */
7969 static void expr_eq(void)
7970 {
7971     int tt, u, r1, r2, rc, t1, t2, bt1, bt2;
7972     SValue sv;
7973     CType type, type1, type2;
7974
7975     if (const_wanted) {
7976         int c1, c;
7977         expr_lor_const();
7978         if (tok == '?') {
7979             c = vtop->c.i;
7980             vpop();
7981             next();
7982             if (tok == ':' && gnu_ext) {
7983                 c1 = c;
7984             } else {
7985                 gexpr();
7986                 c1 = vtop->c.i;
7987                 vpop();
7988             }
7989             skip(':');
7990             expr_eq();
7991             if (c)
7992                 vtop->c.i = c1;
7993         }
7994     } else {
7995         expr_lor();
7996         if (tok == '?') {
7997             next();
7998             if (vtop != vstack) {
7999                 /* needed to avoid having different registers saved in
8000                    each branch */
8001                 if (is_float(vtop->type.t))
8002                     rc = RC_FLOAT;
8003                 else
8004                     rc = RC_INT;
8005                     gv(rc);
8006                     save_regs(1);
8007             }
8008             if (tok == ':' && gnu_ext) {
8009                 gv_dup();
8010                 tt = gtst(1, 0);
8011             } else {
8012                 tt = gtst(1, 0);
8013                 gexpr();
8014             }
8015             type1 = vtop->type;
8016             sv = *vtop; /* save value to handle it later */
8017             vtop--; /* no vpop so that FP stack is not flushed */
8018             skip(':');
8019             u = gjmp(0);
8020             gsym(tt);
8021             expr_eq();
8022             type2 = vtop->type;
8023
8024             t1 = type1.t;
8025             bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
8026             t2 = type2.t;
8027             bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
8028             /* cast operands to correct type according to ISOC rules */
8029             if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
8030                 if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
8031                     type.t = VT_LDOUBLE;
8032                 } else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
8033                     type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
8034                 } else {
8035                     type.t = VT_FLOAT;
8036                 }
8037             } else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
8038                 /* cast to biggest op */
8039                 type.t = VT_LLONG;
8040                 /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
8041                 if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
8042                     (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
8043                     type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
8044             } else if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
8045                 /* XXX: test pointer compatibility */
8046                 type = type1;
8047             } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC || bt2 == VT_FUNC) {
8048                 /* XXX: test function pointer compatibility */
8049                 type = type1;
8050             } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT || bt2 == VT_STRUCT) {
8051                 /* XXX: test structure compatibility */
8052                 type = type1;
8053             } else if (bt1 == VT_VOID || bt2 == VT_VOID) {
8054                 /* NOTE: as an extension, we accept void on only one side */
8055                 type.t = VT_VOID;
8056             } else {
8057                 /* integer operations */
8058                 type.t = VT_INT;
8059                 /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
8060                 if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
8061                     (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
8062                     type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
8063             }
8064
8065             /* now we convert second operand */
8066             gen_cast(&type);
8067             if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
8068                 gaddrof();
8069             rc = RC_INT;
8070             if (is_float(type.t)) {
8071                 rc = RC_FLOAT;
8072             } else if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
8073                 /* for long longs, we use fixed registers to avoid having
8074                    to handle a complicated move */
8075                 rc = RC_IRET;
8076             }
8077
8078             r2 = gv(rc);
8079             /* this is horrible, but we must also convert first
8080                operand */
8081             tt = gjmp(0);
8082             gsym(u);
8083             /* put again first value and cast it */
8084             *vtop = sv;
8085             gen_cast(&type);
8086             if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
8087                 gaddrof();
8088             r1 = gv(rc);
8089             move_reg(r2, r1);
8090             vtop->r = r2;
8091             gsym(tt);
8092         }
8093     }
8094 }
8095
8096 static void gexpr(void)
8097 {
8098     while (1) {
8099         expr_eq();
8100         if (tok != ',')
8101             break;
8102         vpop();
8103         next();
8104     }
8105 }
8106
8107 /* parse an expression and return its type without any side effect. */
8108 static void expr_type(CType *type)
8109 {
8110     int saved_nocode_wanted;
8111
8112     saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
8113     nocode_wanted = 1;
8114     gexpr();
8115     *type = vtop->type;
8116     vpop();
8117     nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
8118 }
8119
8120 /* parse a unary expression and return its type without any side
8121    effect. */
8122 static void unary_type(CType *type)
8123 {
8124     int a;
8125
8126     a = nocode_wanted;
8127     nocode_wanted = 1;
8128     unary();
8129     *type = vtop->type;
8130     vpop();
8131     nocode_wanted = a;
8132 }
8133
8134 /* parse a constant expression and return value in vtop.  */
8135 static void expr_const1(void)
8136 {
8137     int a;
8138     a = const_wanted;
8139     const_wanted = 1;
8140     expr_eq();
8141     const_wanted = a;
8142 }
8143
8144 /* parse an integer constant and return its value. */
8145 static int expr_const(void)
8146 {
8147     int c;
8148     expr_const1();
8149     if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
8150         expect("constant expression");
8151     c = vtop->c.i;
8152     vpop();
8153     return c;
8154 }
8155
8156 /* return the label token if current token is a label, otherwise
8157    return zero */
8158 static int is_label(void)
8159 {
8160     int last_tok;
8161
8162     /* fast test first */
8163     if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
8164         return 0;
8165     /* no need to save tokc because tok is an identifier */
8166     last_tok = tok;
8167     next();
8168     if (tok == ':') {
8169         next();
8170         return last_tok;
8171     } else {
8172         unget_tok(last_tok);
8173         return 0;
8174     }
8175 }
8176
8177 static void block(int *bsym, int *csym, int *case_sym, int *def_sym,
8178                   int case_reg, int is_expr)
8179 {
8180     int a, b, c, d;
8181     Sym *s;
8182
8183     /* generate line number info */
8184     if (do_debug &&
8185         (last_line_num != file->line_num || last_ind != ind)) {
8186         put_stabn(N_SLINE, 0, file->line_num, ind - func_ind);
8187         last_ind = ind;
8188         last_line_num = file->line_num;
8189     }
8190
8191     if (is_expr) {
8192         /* default return value is (void) */
8193         vpushi(0);
8194         vtop->type.t = VT_VOID;
8195     }
8196
8197     if (tok == TOK_IF) {
8198         /* if test */
8199         next();
8200         skip('(');
8201         gexpr();
8202         skip(')');
8203         a = gtst(1, 0);
8204         block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8205         c = tok;
8206         if (c == TOK_ELSE) {
8207             next();
8208             d = gjmp(0);
8209             gsym(a);
8210             block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8211             gsym(d); /* patch else jmp */
8212         } else
8213             gsym(a);
8214     } else if (tok == TOK_WHILE) {
8215         next();
8216         d = ind;
8217         skip('(');
8218         gexpr();
8219         skip(')');
8220         a = gtst(1, 0);
8221         b = 0;
8222         block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8223         gjmp_addr(d);
8224         gsym(a);
8225         gsym_addr(b, d);
8226     } else if (tok == '{') {
8227         Sym *llabel;
8228
8229         next();
8230         /* record local declaration stack position */
8231         s = local_stack;
8232         llabel = local_label_stack;
8233         /* handle local labels declarations */
8234         if (tok == TOK_LABEL) {
8235             next();
8236             for(;;) {
8237                 if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
8238                     expect("label identifier");
8239                 label_push(&local_label_stack, tok, LABEL_DECLARED);
8240                 next();
8241                 if (tok == ',') {
8242                     next();
8243                 } else {
8244                     skip(';');
8245                     break;
8246                 }
8247             }
8248         }
8249         while (tok != '}') {
8250             decl(VT_LOCAL);
8251             if (tok != '}') {
8252                 if (is_expr)
8253                     vpop();
8254                 block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, is_expr);
8255             }
8256         }
8257         /* pop locally defined labels */
8258         label_pop(&local_label_stack, llabel);
8259         /* pop locally defined symbols */
8260         sym_pop(&local_stack, s);
8261         next();
8262     } else if (tok == TOK_RETURN) {
8263         next();
8264         if (tok != ';') {
8265             gexpr();
8266             gen_assign_cast(&func_vt);
8267             if ((func_vt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
8268                 CType type;
8269                 /* if returning structure, must copy it to implicit
8270                    first pointer arg location */
8271 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
8272                 int align, size;
8273                 size = type_size(&func_vt,&align);
8274                 if(size <= 4)
8275                 {
8276                     if((vtop->r != (VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL) || (vtop->c.i & 3))
8277                        && (align & 3))
8278                     {
8279                         int addr;
8280                         loc = (loc - size) & -4;
8281                         addr = loc;
8282                         type = func_vt;
8283                         vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
8284                         vswap();
8285                         vstore();
8286                         vset(&int_type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
8287                     }
8288                     vtop->type = int_type;
8289                     gv(RC_IRET);
8290                 } else {
8291 #endif
8292                 type = func_vt;
8293                 mk_pointer(&type);
8294                 vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, func_vc);
8295                 indir();
8296                 vswap();
8297                 /* copy structure value to pointer */
8298                 vstore();
8299 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
8300                 }
8301 #endif
8302             } else if (is_float(func_vt.t)) {
8303                 gv(RC_FRET);
8304             } else {
8305                 gv(RC_IRET);
8306             }
8307             vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
8308         }
8309         skip(';');
8310         rsym = gjmp(rsym); /* jmp */
8311     } else if (tok == TOK_BREAK) {
8312         /* compute jump */
8313         if (!bsym)
8314             error("cannot break");
8315         *bsym = gjmp(*bsym);
8316         next();
8317         skip(';');
8318     } else if (tok == TOK_CONTINUE) {
8319         /* compute jump */
8320         if (!csym)
8321             error("cannot continue");
8322         *csym = gjmp(*csym);
8323         next();
8324         skip(';');
8325     } else if (tok == TOK_FOR) {
8326         int e;
8327         next();
8328         skip('(');
8329         if (tok != ';') {
8330             gexpr();
8331             vpop();
8332         }
8333         skip(';');
8334         d = ind;
8335         c = ind;
8336         a = 0;
8337         b = 0;
8338         if (tok != ';') {
8339             gexpr();
8340             a = gtst(1, 0);
8341         }
8342         skip(';');
8343         if (tok != ')') {
8344             e = gjmp(0);
8345             c = ind;
8346             gexpr();
8347             vpop();
8348             gjmp_addr(d);
8349             gsym(e);
8350         }
8351         skip(')');
8352         block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8353         gjmp_addr(c);
8354         gsym(a);
8355         gsym_addr(b, c);
8356     } else
8357     if (tok == TOK_DO) {
8358         next();
8359         a = 0;
8360         b = 0;
8361         d = ind;
8362         block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8363         skip(TOK_WHILE);
8364         skip('(');
8365         gsym(b);
8366         gexpr();
8367         c = gtst(0, 0);
8368         gsym_addr(c, d);
8369         skip(')');
8370         gsym(a);
8371         skip(';');
8372     } else
8373     if (tok == TOK_SWITCH) {
8374         next();
8375         skip('(');
8376         gexpr();
8377         /* XXX: other types than integer */
8378         case_reg = gv(RC_INT);
8379         vpop();
8380         skip(')');
8381         a = 0;
8382         b = gjmp(0); /* jump to first case */
8383         c = 0;
8384         block(&a, csym, &b, &c, case_reg, 0);
8385         /* if no default, jmp after switch */
8386         if (c == 0)
8387             c = ind;
8388         /* default label */
8389         gsym_addr(b, c);
8390         /* break label */
8391         gsym(a);
8392     } else
8393     if (tok == TOK_CASE) {
8394         int v1, v2;
8395         if (!case_sym)
8396             expect("switch");
8397         next();
8398         v1 = expr_const();
8399         v2 = v1;
8400         if (gnu_ext && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
8401             next();
8402             v2 = expr_const();
8403             if (v2 < v1)
8404                 warning("empty case range");
8405         }
8406         /* since a case is like a label, we must skip it with a jmp */
8407         b = gjmp(0);
8408         gsym(*case_sym);
8409         vseti(case_reg, 0);
8410         vpushi(v1);
8411         if (v1 == v2) {
8412             gen_op(TOK_EQ);
8413             *case_sym = gtst(1, 0);
8414         } else {
8415             gen_op(TOK_GE);
8416             *case_sym = gtst(1, 0);
8417             vseti(case_reg, 0);
8418             vpushi(v2);
8419             gen_op(TOK_LE);
8420             *case_sym = gtst(1, *case_sym);
8421         }
8422         gsym(b);
8423         skip(':');
8424         is_expr = 0;
8425         goto block_after_label;
8426     } else
8427     if (tok == TOK_DEFAULT) {
8428         next();
8429         skip(':');
8430         if (!def_sym)
8431             expect("switch");
8432         if (*def_sym)
8433             error("too many 'default'");
8434         *def_sym = ind;
8435         is_expr = 0;
8436         goto block_after_label;
8437     } else
8438     if (tok == TOK_GOTO) {
8439         next();
8440         if (tok == '*' && gnu_ext) {
8441             /* computed goto */
8442             next();
8443             gexpr();
8444             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR)
8445                 expect("pointer");
8446             ggoto();
8447         } else if (tok >= TOK_UIDENT) {
8448             s = label_find(tok);
8449             /* put forward definition if needed */
8450             if (!s) {
8451                 s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
8452             } else {
8453                 if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
8454                     s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
8455             }
8456             /* label already defined */
8457             if (s->r & LABEL_FORWARD)
8458                 s->next = (void *)gjmp((long)s->next);
8459             else
8460                 gjmp_addr((long)s->next);
8461             next();
8462         } else {
8463             expect("label identifier");
8464         }
8465         skip(';');
8466     } else if (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3) {
8467         asm_instr();
8468     } else {
8469         b = is_label();
8470         if (b) {
8471             /* label case */
8472             s = label_find(b);
8473             if (s) {
8474                 if (s->r == LABEL_DEFINED)
8475                     error("duplicate label '%s'", get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
8476                 gsym((long)s->next);
8477                 s->r = LABEL_DEFINED;
8478             } else {
8479                 s = label_push(&global_label_stack, b, LABEL_DEFINED);
8480             }
8481             s->next = (void *)ind;
8482             /* we accept this, but it is a mistake */
8483         block_after_label:
8484             if (tok == '}') {
8485                 warning("deprecated use of label at end of compound statement");
8486             } else {
8487                 if (is_expr)
8488                     vpop();
8489                 block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, is_expr);
8490             }
8491         } else {
8492             /* expression case */
8493             if (tok != ';') {
8494                 if (is_expr) {
8495                     vpop();
8496                     gexpr();
8497                 } else {
8498                     gexpr();
8499                     vpop();
8500                 }
8501             }
8502             skip(';');
8503         }
8504     }
8505 }
8506
8507 /* t is the array or struct type. c is the array or struct
8508    address. cur_index/cur_field is the pointer to the current
8509    value. 'size_only' is true if only size info is needed (only used
8510    in arrays) */
8511 static void decl_designator(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
8512                             int *cur_index, Sym **cur_field,
8513                             int size_only)
8514 {
8515     Sym *s, *f;
8516     int notfirst, index, index_last, align, l, nb_elems, elem_size;
8517     CType type1;
8518
8519     notfirst = 0;
8520     elem_size = 0;
8521     nb_elems = 1;
8522     if (gnu_ext && (l = is_label()) != 0)
8523         goto struct_field;
8524     while (tok == '[' || tok == '.') {
8525         if (tok == '[') {
8526             if (!(type->t & VT_ARRAY))
8527                 expect("array type");
8528             s = type->ref;
8529             next();
8530             index = expr_const();
8531             if (index < 0 || (s->c >= 0 && index >= s->c))
8532                 expect("invalid index");
8533             if (tok == TOK_DOTS && gnu_ext) {
8534                 next();
8535                 index_last = expr_const();
8536                 if (index_last < 0 ||
8537                     (s->c >= 0 && index_last >= s->c) ||
8538                     index_last < index)
8539                     expect("invalid index");
8540             } else {
8541                 index_last = index;
8542             }
8543             skip(']');
8544             if (!notfirst)
8545                 *cur_index = index_last;
8546             type = pointed_type(type);
8547             elem_size = type_size(type, &align);
8548             c += index * elem_size;
8549             /* NOTE: we only support ranges for last designator */
8550             nb_elems = index_last - index + 1;
8551             if (nb_elems != 1) {
8552                 notfirst = 1;
8553                 break;
8554             }
8555         } else {
8556             next();
8557             l = tok;
8558             next();
8559         struct_field:
8560             if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
8561                 expect("struct/union type");
8562             s = type->ref;
8563             l |= SYM_FIELD;
8564             f = s->next;
8565             while (f) {
8566                 if (f->v == l)
8567                     break;
8568                 f = f->next;
8569             }
8570             if (!f)
8571                 expect("field");
8572             if (!notfirst)
8573                 *cur_field = f;
8574             /* XXX: fix this mess by using explicit storage field */
8575             type1 = f->type;
8576             type1.t |= (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
8577             type = &type1;
8578             c += f->c;
8579         }
8580         notfirst = 1;
8581     }
8582     if (notfirst) {
8583         if (tok == '=') {
8584             next();
8585         } else {
8586             if (!gnu_ext)
8587                 expect("=");
8588         }
8589     } else {
8590         if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
8591             index = *cur_index;
8592             type = pointed_type(type);
8593             c += index * type_size(type, &align);
8594         } else {
8595             f = *cur_field;
8596             if (!f)
8597                 error("too many field init");
8598             /* XXX: fix this mess by using explicit storage field */
8599             type1 = f->type;
8600             type1.t |= (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
8601             type = &type1;
8602             c += f->c;
8603         }
8604     }
8605     decl_initializer(type, sec, c, 0, size_only);
8606
8607     /* XXX: make it more general */
8608     if (!size_only && nb_elems > 1) {
8609         unsigned long c_end;
8610         uint8_t *src, *dst;
8611         int i;
8612
8613         if (!sec)
8614             error("range init not supported yet for dynamic storage");
8615         c_end = c + nb_elems * elem_size;
8616         if (c_end > sec->data_allocated)
8617             section_realloc(sec, c_end);
8618         src = sec->data + c;
8619         dst = src;
8620         for(i = 1; i < nb_elems; i++) {
8621             dst += elem_size;
8622             memcpy(dst, src, elem_size);
8623         }
8624     }
8625 }
8626
8627 #define EXPR_VAL   0
8628 #define EXPR_CONST 1
8629 #define EXPR_ANY   2
8630
8631 /* store a value or an expression directly in global data or in local array */
8632 static void init_putv(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
8633                       int v, int expr_type)
8634 {
8635     int saved_global_expr, bt, bit_pos, bit_size;
8636     void *ptr;
8637     unsigned long long bit_mask;
8638     CType dtype;
8639
8640     switch(expr_type) {
8641     case EXPR_VAL:
8642         vpushi(v);
8643         break;
8644     case EXPR_CONST:
8645         /* compound literals must be allocated globally in this case */
8646         saved_global_expr = global_expr;
8647         global_expr = 1;
8648         expr_const1();
8649         global_expr = saved_global_expr;
8650         /* NOTE: symbols are accepted */
8651         if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) != VT_CONST)
8652             error("initializer element is not constant");
8653         break;
8654     case EXPR_ANY:
8655         expr_eq();
8656         break;
8657     }
8658
8659     dtype = *type;
8660     dtype.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
8661
8662     if (sec) {
8663         /* XXX: not portable */
8664         /* XXX: generate error if incorrect relocation */
8665         gen_assign_cast(&dtype);
8666         bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
8667         ptr = sec->data + c;
8668         /* XXX: make code faster ? */
8669         if (!(type->t & VT_BITFIELD)) {
8670             bit_pos = 0;
8671             bit_size = 32;
8672             bit_mask = -1LL;
8673         } else {
8674             bit_pos = (vtop->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
8675             bit_size = (vtop->type.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
8676             bit_mask = (1LL << bit_size) - 1;
8677         }
8678         if ((vtop->r & VT_SYM) &&
8679             (bt == VT_BYTE ||
8680              bt == VT_SHORT ||
8681              bt == VT_DOUBLE ||
8682              bt == VT_LDOUBLE ||
8683              bt == VT_LLONG ||
8684              (bt == VT_INT && bit_size != 32)))
8685             error("initializer element is not computable at load time");
8686         switch(bt) {
8687         case VT_BYTE:
8688             *(char *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8689             break;
8690         case VT_SHORT:
8691             *(short *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8692             break;
8693         case VT_DOUBLE:
8694             *(double *)ptr = vtop->c.d;
8695             break;
8696         case VT_LDOUBLE:
8697             *(long double *)ptr = vtop->c.ld;
8698             break;
8699         case VT_LLONG:
8700             *(long long *)ptr |= (vtop->c.ll & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8701             break;
8702         default:
8703             if (vtop->r & VT_SYM) {
8704                 greloc(sec, vtop->sym, c, R_DATA_32);
8705             }
8706             *(int *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8707             break;
8708         }
8709         vtop--;
8710     } else {
8711         vset(&dtype, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, c);
8712         vswap();
8713         vstore();
8714         vpop();
8715     }
8716 }
8717
8718 /* put zeros for variable based init */
8719 static void init_putz(CType *t, Section *sec, unsigned long c, int size)
8720 {
8721     if (sec) {
8722         /* nothing to do because globals are already set to zero */
8723     } else {
8724         vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memset);
8725         vseti(VT_LOCAL, c);
8726         vpushi(0);
8727         vpushi(size);
8728         gfunc_call(3);
8729     }
8730 }
8731
8732 /* 't' contains the type and storage info. 'c' is the offset of the
8733    object in section 'sec'. If 'sec' is NULL, it means stack based
8734    allocation. 'first' is true if array '{' must be read (multi
8735    dimension implicit array init handling). 'size_only' is true if
8736    size only evaluation is wanted (only for arrays). */
8737 static void decl_initializer(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
8738                              int first, int size_only)
8739 {
8740     int index, array_length, n, no_oblock, nb, parlevel, i;
8741     int size1, align1, expr_type;
8742     Sym *s, *f;
8743     CType *t1;
8744
8745     if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
8746         s = type->ref;
8747         n = s->c;
8748         array_length = 0;
8749         t1 = pointed_type(type);
8750         size1 = type_size(t1, &align1);
8751
8752         no_oblock = 1;
8753         if ((first && tok != TOK_LSTR && tok != TOK_STR) ||
8754             tok == '{') {
8755             skip('{');
8756             no_oblock = 0;
8757         }
8758
8759         /* only parse strings here if correct type (otherwise: handle
8760            them as ((w)char *) expressions */
8761         if ((tok == TOK_LSTR &&
8762 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
8763              (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT && (t1->t & VT_UNSIGNED)
8764 #else
8765              (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT
8766 #endif
8767             ) || (tok == TOK_STR && (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE)) {
8768             while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
8769                 int cstr_len, ch;
8770                 CString *cstr;
8771
8772                 cstr = tokc.cstr;
8773                 /* compute maximum number of chars wanted */
8774                 if (tok == TOK_STR)
8775                     cstr_len = cstr->size;
8776                 else
8777                     cstr_len = cstr->size / sizeof(nwchar_t);
8778                 cstr_len--;
8779                 nb = cstr_len;
8780                 if (n >= 0 && nb > (n - array_length))
8781                     nb = n - array_length;
8782                 if (!size_only) {
8783                     if (cstr_len > nb)
8784                         warning("initializer-string for array is too long");
8785                     /* in order to go faster for common case (char
8786                        string in global variable, we handle it
8787                        specifically */
8788                     if (sec && tok == TOK_STR && size1 == 1) {
8789                         memcpy(sec->data + c + array_length, cstr->data, nb);
8790                     } else {
8791                         for(i=0;i<nb;i++) {
8792                             if (tok == TOK_STR)
8793                                 ch = ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i];
8794                             else
8795                                 ch = ((nwchar_t *)cstr->data)[i];
8796                             init_putv(t1, sec, c + (array_length + i) * size1,
8797                                       ch, EXPR_VAL);
8798                         }
8799                     }
8800                 }
8801                 array_length += nb;
8802                 next();
8803             }
8804             /* only add trailing zero if enough storage (no
8805                warning in this case since it is standard) */
8806             if (n < 0 || array_length < n) {
8807                 if (!size_only) {
8808                     init_putv(t1, sec, c + (array_length * size1), 0, EXPR_VAL);
8809                 }
8810                 array_length++;
8811             }
8812         } else {
8813             index = 0;
8814             while (tok != '}') {
8815                 decl_designator(type, sec, c, &index, NULL, size_only);
8816                 if (n >= 0 && index >= n)
8817                     error("index too large");
8818                 /* must put zero in holes (note that doing it that way
8819                    ensures that it even works with designators) */
8820                 if (!size_only && array_length < index) {
8821                     init_putz(t1, sec, c + array_length * size1,
8822                               (index - array_length) * size1);
8823                 }
8824                 index++;
8825                 if (index > array_length)
8826                     array_length = index;
8827                 /* special test for multi dimensional arrays (may not
8828                    be strictly correct if designators are used at the
8829                    same time) */
8830                 if (index >= n && no_oblock)
8831                     break;
8832                 if (tok == '}')
8833                     break;
8834                 skip(',');
8835             }
8836         }
8837         if (!no_oblock)
8838             skip('}');
8839         /* put zeros at the end */
8840         if (!size_only && n >= 0 && array_length < n) {
8841             init_putz(t1, sec, c + array_length * size1,
8842                       (n - array_length) * size1);
8843         }
8844         /* patch type size if needed */
8845         if (n < 0)
8846             s->c = array_length;
8847     } else if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT &&
8848                (sec || !first || tok == '{')) {
8849         int par_count;
8850
8851         /* NOTE: the previous test is a specific case for automatic
8852            struct/union init */
8853         /* XXX: union needs only one init */
8854
8855         /* XXX: this test is incorrect for local initializers
8856            beginning with ( without {. It would be much more difficult
8857            to do it correctly (ideally, the expression parser should
8858            be used in all cases) */
8859         par_count = 0;
8860         if (tok == '(') {
8861             AttributeDef ad1;
8862             CType type1;
8863             next();
8864             while (tok == '(') {
8865                 par_count++;
8866                 next();
8867             }
8868             if (!parse_btype(&type1, &ad1))
8869                 expect("cast");
8870             type_decl(&type1, &ad1, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
8871 #if 0
8872             if (!is_assignable_types(type, &type1))
8873                 error("invalid type for cast");
8874 #endif
8875             skip(')');
8876         }
8877         no_oblock = 1;
8878         if (first || tok == '{') {
8879             skip('{');
8880             no_oblock = 0;
8881         }
8882         s = type->ref;
8883         f = s->next;
8884         array_length = 0;
8885         index = 0;
8886         n = s->c;
8887         while (tok != '}') {
8888             decl_designator(type, sec, c, NULL, &f, size_only);
8889             index = f->c;
8890             if (!size_only && array_length < index) {
8891                 init_putz(type, sec, c + array_length,
8892                           index - array_length);
8893             }
8894             index = index + type_size(&f->type, &align1);
8895             if (index > array_length)
8896                 array_length = index;
8897             f = f->next;
8898             if (no_oblock && f == NULL)
8899                 break;
8900             if (tok == '}')
8901                 break;
8902             skip(',');
8903         }
8904         /* put zeros at the end */
8905         if (!size_only && array_length < n) {
8906             init_putz(type, sec, c + array_length,
8907                       n - array_length);
8908         }
8909         if (!no_oblock)
8910             skip('}');
8911         while (par_count) {
8912             skip(')');
8913             par_count--;
8914         }
8915     } else if (tok == '{') {
8916         next();
8917         decl_initializer(type, sec, c, first, size_only);
8918         skip('}');
8919     } else if (size_only) {
8920         /* just skip expression */
8921         parlevel = 0;
8922         while ((parlevel > 0 || (tok != '}' && tok != ',')) &&
8923                tok != -1) {
8924             if (tok == '(')
8925                 parlevel++;
8926             else if (tok == ')')
8927                 parlevel--;
8928             next();
8929         }
8930     } else {
8931         /* currently, we always use constant expression for globals
8932            (may change for scripting case) */
8933         expr_type = EXPR_CONST;
8934         if (!sec)
8935             expr_type = EXPR_ANY;
8936         init_putv(type, sec, c, 0, expr_type);
8937     }
8938 }
8939
8940 /* parse an initializer for type 't' if 'has_init' is non zero, and
8941    allocate space in local or global data space ('r' is either
8942    VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST). If 'v' is non zero, then an associated
8943    variable 'v' of scope 'scope' is declared before initializers are
8944    parsed. If 'v' is zero, then a reference to the new object is put
8945    in the value stack. If 'has_init' is 2, a special parsing is done
8946    to handle string constants. */
8947 static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r,
8948                                    int has_init, int v, int scope)
8949 {
8950     int size, align, addr, data_offset;
8951     int level;
8952     ParseState saved_parse_state;
8953     TokenString init_str;
8954     Section *sec;
8955
8956     size = type_size(type, &align);
8957     /* If unknown size, we must evaluate it before
8958        evaluating initializers because
8959        initializers can generate global data too
8960        (e.g. string pointers or ISOC99 compound
8961        literals). It also simplifies local
8962        initializers handling */
8963     tok_str_new(&init_str);
8964     if (size < 0) {
8965         if (!has_init)
8966             error("unknown type size");
8967         /* get all init string */
8968         if (has_init == 2) {
8969             /* only get strings */
8970             while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
8971                 tok_str_add_tok(&init_str);
8972                 next();
8973             }
8974         } else {
8975             level = 0;
8976             while (level > 0 || (tok != ',' && tok != ';')) {
8977                 if (tok < 0)
8978                     error("unexpected end of file in initializer");
8979                 tok_str_add_tok(&init_str);
8980                 if (tok == '{')
8981                     level++;
8982                 else if (tok == '}') {
8983                     if (level == 0)
8984                         break;
8985                     level--;
8986                 }
8987                 next();
8988             }
8989         }
8990         tok_str_add(&init_str, -1);
8991         tok_str_add(&init_str, 0);
8992
8993         /* compute size */
8994         save_parse_state(&saved_parse_state);
8995
8996         macro_ptr = init_str.str;
8997         next();
8998         decl_initializer(type, NULL, 0, 1, 1);
8999         /* prepare second initializer parsing */
9000         macro_ptr = init_str.str;
9001         next();
9002
9003         /* if still unknown size, error */
9004         size = type_size(type, &align);
9005         if (size < 0)
9006             error("unknown type size");
9007     }
9008     /* take into account specified alignment if bigger */
9009     if (ad->aligned) {
9010         if (ad->aligned > align)
9011             align = ad->aligned;
9012     } else if (ad->packed) {
9013         align = 1;
9014     }
9015     if ((r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LOCAL) {
9016         sec = NULL;
9017         if (do_bounds_check && (type->t & VT_ARRAY))
9018             loc--;
9019         loc = (loc - size) & -align;
9020         addr = loc;
9021         /* handles bounds */
9022         /* XXX: currently, since we do only one pass, we cannot track
9023            '&' operators, so we add only arrays */
9024         if (do_bounds_check && (type->t & VT_ARRAY)) {
9025             unsigned long *bounds_ptr;
9026             /* add padding between regions */
9027             loc--;
9028             /* then add local bound info */
9029             bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(lbounds_section, 2 * sizeof(unsigned long));
9030             bounds_ptr[0] = addr;
9031             bounds_ptr[1] = size;
9032         }
9033         if (v) {
9034             /* local variable */
9035             sym_push(v, type, r, addr);
9036         } else {
9037             /* push local reference */
9038             vset(type, r, addr);
9039         }
9040     } else {
9041         Sym *sym;
9042
9043         sym = NULL;
9044         if (v && scope == VT_CONST) {
9045             /* see if the symbol was already defined */
9046             sym = sym_find(v);
9047             if (sym) {
9048                 if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, type))
9049                     error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
9050                           get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9051                 if (sym->type.t & VT_EXTERN) {
9052                     /* if the variable is extern, it was not allocated */
9053                     sym->type.t &= ~VT_EXTERN;
9054                     /* set array size if it was ommited in extern
9055                        declaration */
9056                     if ((sym->type.t & VT_ARRAY) &&
9057                         sym->type.ref->c < 0 &&
9058                         type->ref->c >= 0)
9059                         sym->type.ref->c = type->ref->c;
9060                 } else {
9061                     /* we accept several definitions of the same
9062                        global variable. this is tricky, because we
9063                        must play with the SHN_COMMON type of the symbol */
9064                     /* XXX: should check if the variable was already
9065                        initialized. It is incorrect to initialized it
9066                        twice */
9067                     /* no init data, we won't add more to the symbol */
9068                     if (!has_init)
9069                         goto no_alloc;
9070                 }
9071             }
9072         }
9073
9074         /* allocate symbol in corresponding section */
9075         sec = ad->section;
9076         if (!sec) {
9077             if (has_init)
9078                 sec = data_section;
9079             else if (tcc_state->nocommon)
9080                 sec = bss_section;
9081         }
9082         if (sec) {
9083             data_offset = sec->data_offset;
9084             data_offset = (data_offset + align - 1) & -align;
9085             addr = data_offset;
9086             /* very important to increment global pointer at this time
9087                because initializers themselves can create new initializers */
9088             data_offset += size;
9089             /* add padding if bound check */
9090             if (do_bounds_check)
9091                 data_offset++;
9092             sec->data_offset = data_offset;
9093             /* allocate section space to put the data */
9094             if (sec->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS &&
9095                 data_offset > sec->data_allocated)
9096                 section_realloc(sec, data_offset);
9097             /* align section if needed */
9098             if (align > sec->sh_addralign)
9099                 sec->sh_addralign = align;
9100         } else {
9101             addr = 0; /* avoid warning */
9102         }
9103
9104         if (v) {
9105             if (scope != VT_CONST || !sym) {
9106                 sym = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_SYM, 0);
9107             }
9108             /* update symbol definition */
9109             if (sec) {
9110                 put_extern_sym(sym, sec, addr, size);
9111             } else {
9112                 Elf32_Sym *esym;
9113                 /* put a common area */
9114                 put_extern_sym(sym, NULL, align, size);
9115                 /* XXX: find a nicer way */
9116                 esym = &((Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c];
9117                 esym->st_shndx = SHN_COMMON;
9118             }
9119         } else {
9120             CValue cval;
9121
9122             /* push global reference */
9123             sym = get_sym_ref(type, sec, addr, size);
9124             cval.ul = 0;
9125             vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
9126             vtop->sym = sym;
9127         }
9128
9129         /* handles bounds now because the symbol must be defined
9130            before for the relocation */
9131         if (do_bounds_check) {
9132             unsigned long *bounds_ptr;
9133
9134             greloc(bounds_section, sym, bounds_section->data_offset, R_DATA_32);
9135             /* then add global bound info */
9136             bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(bounds_section, 2 * sizeof(long));
9137             bounds_ptr[0] = 0; /* relocated */
9138             bounds_ptr[1] = size;
9139         }
9140     }
9141     if (has_init) {
9142         decl_initializer(type, sec, addr, 1, 0);
9143         /* restore parse state if needed */
9144         if (init_str.str) {
9145             tok_str_free(init_str.str);
9146             restore_parse_state(&saved_parse_state);
9147         }
9148     }
9149  no_alloc: ;
9150 }
9151
9152 void put_func_debug(Sym *sym)
9153 {
9154     char buf[512];
9155
9156     /* stabs info */
9157     /* XXX: we put here a dummy type */
9158     snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s:%c1",
9159              funcname, sym->type.t & VT_STATIC ? 'f' : 'F');
9160     put_stabs_r(buf, N_FUN, 0, file->line_num, 0,
9161                 cur_text_section, sym->c);
9162     /* //gr gdb wants a line at the function */
9163     put_stabn(N_SLINE, 0, file->line_num, 0);
9164     last_ind = 0;
9165     last_line_num = 0;
9166 }
9167
9168 /* parse an old style function declaration list */
9169 /* XXX: check multiple parameter */
9170 static void func_decl_list(Sym *func_sym)
9171 {
9172     AttributeDef ad;
9173     int v;
9174     Sym *s;
9175     CType btype, type;
9176
9177     /* parse each declaration */
9178     while (tok != '{' && tok != ';' && tok != ',' && tok != TOK_EOF) {
9179         if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad))
9180             expect("declaration list");
9181         if (((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_ENUM ||
9182              (btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) &&
9183             tok == ';') {
9184             /* we accept no variable after */
9185         } else {
9186             for(;;) {
9187                 type = btype;
9188                 type_decl(&type, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
9189                 /* find parameter in function parameter list */
9190                 s = func_sym->next;
9191                 while (s != NULL) {
9192                     if ((s->v & ~SYM_FIELD) == v)
9193                         goto found;
9194                     s = s->next;
9195                 }
9196                 error("declaration for parameter '%s' but no such parameter",
9197                       get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9198             found:
9199                 /* check that no storage specifier except 'register' was given */
9200                 if (type.t & VT_STORAGE)
9201                     error("storage class specified for '%s'", get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9202                 convert_parameter_type(&type);
9203                 /* we can add the type (NOTE: it could be local to the function) */
9204                 s->type = type;
9205                 /* accept other parameters */
9206                 if (tok == ',')
9207                     next();
9208                 else
9209                     break;
9210             }
9211         }
9212         skip(';');
9213     }
9214 }
9215
9216 /* parse a function defined by symbol 'sym' and generate its code in
9217    'cur_text_section' */
9218 static void gen_function(Sym *sym)
9219 {
9220     int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
9221     nocode_wanted = 0;
9222     ind = cur_text_section->data_offset;
9223     /* NOTE: we patch the symbol size later */
9224     put_extern_sym(sym, cur_text_section, ind, 0);
9225     funcname = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
9226     func_ind = ind;
9227     /* put debug symbol */
9228     if (do_debug)
9229         put_func_debug(sym);
9230     /* push a dummy symbol to enable local sym storage */
9231     sym_push2(&local_stack, SYM_FIELD, 0, 0);
9232     gfunc_prolog(&sym->type);
9233     rsym = 0;
9234     block(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0);
9235     gsym(rsym);
9236     gfunc_epilog();
9237     cur_text_section->data_offset = ind;
9238     label_pop(&global_label_stack, NULL);
9239     sym_pop(&local_stack, NULL); /* reset local stack */
9240     /* end of function */
9241     /* patch symbol size */
9242     ((Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c].st_size =
9243         ind - func_ind;
9244     if (do_debug) {
9245         put_stabn(N_FUN, 0, 0, ind - func_ind);
9246     }
9247     funcname = ""; /* for safety */
9248     func_vt.t = VT_VOID; /* for safety */
9249     ind = 0; /* for safety */
9250     nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
9251 }
9252
9253 static void gen_inline_functions(void)
9254 {
9255     Sym *sym;
9256     CType *type;
9257     int *str, inline_generated;
9258
9259     /* iterate while inline function are referenced */
9260     for(;;) {
9261         inline_generated = 0;
9262         for(sym = global_stack; sym != NULL; sym = sym->prev) {
9263             type = &sym->type;
9264             if (((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) &&
9265                 (type->t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE)) ==
9266                 (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE) &&
9267                 sym->c != 0) {
9268                 /* the function was used: generate its code and
9269                    convert it to a normal function */
9270                 str = INLINE_DEF(sym->r);
9271                 sym->r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
9272                 sym->type.t &= ~VT_INLINE;
9273
9274                 macro_ptr = str;
9275                 next();
9276                 cur_text_section = text_section;
9277                 gen_function(sym);
9278                 macro_ptr = NULL; /* fail safe */
9279
9280                 tok_str_free(str);
9281                 inline_generated = 1;
9282             }
9283         }
9284         if (!inline_generated)
9285             break;
9286     }
9287
9288     /* free all remaining inline function tokens */
9289     for(sym = global_stack; sym != NULL; sym = sym->prev) {
9290         type = &sym->type;
9291         if (((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) &&
9292             (type->t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE)) ==
9293             (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE)) {
9294             //gr printf("sym %d %s\n", sym->r, get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
9295             if (sym->r == (VT_SYM | VT_CONST)) //gr beware!
9296                 continue;
9297             str = INLINE_DEF(sym->r);
9298             tok_str_free(str);
9299             sym->r = 0; /* fail safe */
9300         }
9301     }
9302 }
9303
9304 /* 'l' is VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST to define default storage type */
9305 static void decl(int l)
9306 {
9307     int v, has_init, r;
9308     CType type, btype;
9309     Sym *sym;
9310     AttributeDef ad;
9311
9312     while (1) {
9313         if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad)) {
9314             /* skip redundant ';' */
9315             /* XXX: find more elegant solution */
9316             if (tok == ';') {
9317                 next();
9318                 continue;
9319             }
9320             if (l == VT_CONST &&
9321                 (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3)) {
9322                 /* global asm block */
9323                 asm_global_instr();
9324                 continue;
9325             }
9326             /* special test for old K&R protos without explicit int
9327                type. Only accepted when defining global data */
9328             if (l == VT_LOCAL || tok < TOK_DEFINE)
9329                 break;
9330             btype.t = VT_INT;
9331         }
9332         if (((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_ENUM ||
9333              (btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) &&
9334             tok == ';') {
9335             /* we accept no variable after */
9336             next();
9337             continue;
9338         }
9339         while (1) { /* iterate thru each declaration */
9340             type = btype;
9341             type_decl(&type, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
9342 #if 0
9343             {
9344                 char buf[500];
9345                 type_to_str(buf, sizeof(buf), t, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9346                 printf("type = '%s'\n", buf);
9347             }
9348 #endif
9349             if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
9350                 /* if old style function prototype, we accept a
9351                    declaration list */
9352                 sym = type.ref;
9353                 if (sym->c == FUNC_OLD)
9354                     func_decl_list(sym);
9355             }
9356
9357             if (tok == '{') {
9358                 if (l == VT_LOCAL)
9359                     error("cannot use local functions");
9360                 if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
9361                     expect("function definition");
9362
9363                 /* reject abstract declarators in function definition */
9364                 sym = type.ref;
9365                 while ((sym = sym->next) != NULL)
9366                     if (!(sym->v & ~SYM_FIELD))
9367                        expect("identifier");
9368
9369                 /* XXX: cannot do better now: convert extern line to static inline */
9370                 if ((type.t & (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE)) == (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE))
9371                     type.t = (type.t & ~VT_EXTERN) | VT_STATIC;
9372
9373                 sym = sym_find(v);
9374                 if (sym) {
9375                     if ((sym->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
9376                         goto func_error1;
9377                     /* specific case: if not func_call defined, we put
9378                        the one of the prototype */
9379                     /* XXX: should have default value */
9380                     r = sym->type.ref->r;
9381                     if (FUNC_CALL(r) != FUNC_CDECL
9382                      && FUNC_CALL(type.ref->r) == FUNC_CDECL)
9383                         FUNC_CALL(type.ref->r) = FUNC_CALL(r);
9384                     if (FUNC_EXPORT(r))
9385                         FUNC_EXPORT(type.ref->r) = 1;
9386
9387                     if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, &type)) {
9388                     func_error1:
9389                         error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
9390                               get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9391                     }
9392                     /* if symbol is already defined, then put complete type */
9393                     sym->type = type;
9394                 } else {
9395                     /* put function symbol */
9396                     sym = global_identifier_push(v, type.t, 0);
9397                     sym->type.ref = type.ref;
9398                 }
9399
9400                 /* static inline functions are just recorded as a kind
9401                    of macro. Their code will be emitted at the end of
9402                    the compilation unit only if they are used */
9403                 if ((type.t & (VT_INLINE | VT_STATIC)) ==
9404                     (VT_INLINE | VT_STATIC)) {
9405                     TokenString func_str;
9406                     int block_level;
9407
9408                     tok_str_new(&func_str);
9409
9410                     block_level = 0;
9411                     for(;;) {
9412                         int t;
9413                         if (tok == TOK_EOF)
9414                             error("unexpected end of file");
9415                         tok_str_add_tok(&func_str);
9416                         t = tok;
9417                         next();
9418                         if (t == '{') {
9419                             block_level++;
9420                         } else if (t == '}') {
9421                             block_level--;
9422                             if (block_level == 0)
9423                                 break;
9424                         }
9425                     }
9426                     tok_str_add(&func_str, -1);
9427                     tok_str_add(&func_str, 0);
9428                     INLINE_DEF(sym->r) = func_str.str;
9429                 } else {
9430                     /* compute text section */
9431                     cur_text_section = ad.section;
9432                     if (!cur_text_section)
9433                         cur_text_section = text_section;
9434                     sym->r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
9435                     gen_function(sym);
9436                 }
9437                 break;
9438             } else {
9439                 if (btype.t & VT_TYPEDEF) {
9440                     /* save typedefed type  */
9441                     /* XXX: test storage specifiers ? */
9442                     sym = sym_push(v, &type, 0, 0);
9443                     sym->type.t |= VT_TYPEDEF;
9444                 } else if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
9445                     /* external function definition */
9446                     /* specific case for func_call attribute */
9447                     if (ad.func_attr)
9448                         type.ref->r = ad.func_attr;
9449                     external_sym(v, &type, 0);
9450                 } else {
9451                     /* not lvalue if array */
9452                     r = 0;
9453                     if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY))
9454                         r |= lvalue_type(type.t);
9455                     has_init = (tok == '=');
9456                     if ((btype.t & VT_EXTERN) ||
9457                         ((type.t & VT_ARRAY) && (type.t & VT_STATIC) &&
9458                          !has_init && l == VT_CONST && type.ref->c < 0)) {
9459                         /* external variable */
9460                         /* NOTE: as GCC, uninitialized global static
9461                            arrays of null size are considered as
9462                            extern */
9463                         external_sym(v, &type, r);
9464                     } else {
9465                         type.t |= (btype.t & VT_STATIC); /* Retain "static". */
9466                         if (type.t & VT_STATIC)
9467                             r |= VT_CONST;
9468                         else
9469                             r |= l;
9470                         if (has_init)
9471                             next();
9472                         decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r,
9473                                                has_init, v, l);
9474                     }
9475                 }
9476                 if (tok != ',') {
9477                     skip(';');
9478                     break;
9479                 }
9480                 next();
9481             }
9482         }
9483     }
9484 }
9485
9486 /* better than nothing, but needs extension to handle '-E' option
9487    correctly too */
9488 static void preprocess_init(TCCState *s1)
9489 {
9490     s1->include_stack_ptr = s1->include_stack;
9491     /* XXX: move that before to avoid having to initialize
9492        file->ifdef_stack_ptr ? */
9493     s1->ifdef_stack_ptr = s1->ifdef_stack;
9494     file->ifdef_stack_ptr = s1->ifdef_stack_ptr;
9495
9496     /* XXX: not ANSI compliant: bound checking says error */
9497     vtop = vstack - 1;
9498     s1->pack_stack[0] = 0;
9499     s1->pack_stack_ptr = s1->pack_stack;
9500 }
9501
9502 /* compile the C file opened in 'file'. Return non zero if errors. */
9503 static int tcc_compile(TCCState *s1)
9504 {
9505     Sym *define_start;
9506     char buf[512];
9507     volatile int section_sym;
9508
9509 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
9510     printf("%s: **** new file\n", file->filename);
9511 #endif
9512     preprocess_init(s1);
9513
9514     funcname = "";
9515     anon_sym = SYM_FIRST_ANOM;
9516
9517     /* file info: full path + filename */
9518     section_sym = 0; /* avoid warning */
9519     if (do_debug) {
9520         section_sym = put_elf_sym(symtab_section, 0, 0,
9521                                   ELF32_ST_INFO(STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION), 0,
9522                                   text_section->sh_num, NULL);
9523         getcwd(buf, sizeof(buf));
9524 #ifdef _WIN32
9525         normalize_slashes(buf);
9526 #endif
9527         pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), "/");
9528         put_stabs_r(buf, N_SO, 0, 0,
9529                     text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
9530         put_stabs_r(file->filename, N_SO, 0, 0,
9531                     text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
9532     }
9533     /* an elf symbol of type STT_FILE must be put so that STB_LOCAL
9534        symbols can be safely used */
9535     put_elf_sym(symtab_section, 0, 0,
9536                 ELF32_ST_INFO(STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE), 0,
9537                 SHN_ABS, file->filename);
9538
9539     /* define some often used types */
9540     int_type.t = VT_INT;
9541
9542     char_pointer_type.t = VT_BYTE;
9543     mk_pointer(&char_pointer_type);
9544
9545     func_old_type.t = VT_FUNC;
9546     func_old_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &int_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
9547
9548 #if defined(TCC_ARM_EABI) && defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
9549     float_type.t = VT_FLOAT;
9550     double_type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
9551
9552     func_float_type.t = VT_FUNC;
9553     func_float_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &float_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
9554     func_double_type.t = VT_FUNC;
9555     func_double_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &double_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
9556 #endif
9557
9558 #if 0
9559     /* define 'void *alloca(unsigned int)' builtin function */
9560     {
9561         Sym *s1;
9562
9563         p = anon_sym++;
9564         sym = sym_push(p, mk_pointer(VT_VOID), FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_NEW);
9565         s1 = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, VT_UNSIGNED | VT_INT, 0, 0);
9566         s1->next = NULL;
9567         sym->next = s1;
9568         sym_push(TOK_alloca, VT_FUNC | (p << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT), VT_CONST, 0);
9569     }
9570 #endif
9571
9572     define_start = define_stack;
9573     nocode_wanted = 1;
9574
9575     if (setjmp(s1->error_jmp_buf) == 0) {
9576         s1->nb_errors = 0;
9577         s1->error_set_jmp_enabled = 1;
9578
9579         ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
9580         tok_flags = TOK_FLAG_BOL | TOK_FLAG_BOF;
9581         parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS | PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM;
9582         next();
9583         decl(VT_CONST);
9584         if (tok != TOK_EOF)
9585             expect("declaration");
9586
9587         /* end of translation unit info */
9588         if (do_debug) {
9589             put_stabs_r(NULL, N_SO, 0, 0,
9590                         text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
9591         }
9592     }
9593     s1->error_set_jmp_enabled = 0;
9594
9595     /* reset define stack, but leave -Dsymbols (may be incorrect if
9596        they are undefined) */
9597     free_defines(define_start);
9598
9599     gen_inline_functions();
9600
9601     sym_pop(&global_stack, NULL);
9602     sym_pop(&local_stack, NULL);
9603
9604     return s1->nb_errors != 0 ? -1 : 0;
9605 }
9606
9607 /* Preprocess the current file */
9608 /* XXX: add line and file infos, add options to preserve spaces */
9609 static int tcc_preprocess(TCCState *s1)
9610 {
9611     Sym *define_start;
9612     int last_is_space;
9613
9614     preprocess_init(s1);
9615
9616     define_start = define_stack;
9617
9618     ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
9619     tok_flags = TOK_FLAG_BOL | TOK_FLAG_BOF;
9620     parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS | PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS |
9621         PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED;
9622     last_is_space = 1;
9623     next();
9624     for(;;) {
9625         if (tok == TOK_EOF) {
9626             break;
9627         } else if (tok == TOK_LINEFEED) {
9628             last_is_space = 1;
9629         } else {
9630             if (!last_is_space)
9631                 fputc(' ', s1->outfile);
9632             last_is_space = 0;
9633         }
9634         fputs(get_tok_str(tok, &tokc), s1->outfile);
9635         next();
9636     }
9637     free_defines(define_start);
9638     return 0;
9639 }
9640
9641 #ifdef LIBTCC
9642 int tcc_compile_string(TCCState *s, const char *str)
9643 {
9644     BufferedFile bf1, *bf = &bf1;
9645     int ret, len;
9646     char *buf;
9647
9648     /* init file structure */
9649     bf->fd = -1;
9650     /* XXX: avoid copying */
9651     len = strlen(str);
9652     buf = tcc_malloc(len + 1);
9653     if (!buf)
9654         return -1;
9655     memcpy(buf, str, len);
9656     buf[len] = CH_EOB;
9657     bf->buf_ptr = buf;
9658     bf->buf_end = buf + len;
9659     pstrcpy(bf->filename, sizeof(bf->filename), "<string>");
9660     bf->line_num = 1;
9661     file = bf;
9662     ret = tcc_compile(s);
9663     file = NULL;
9664     tcc_free(buf);
9665
9666     /* currently, no need to close */
9667     return ret;
9668 }
9669 #endif
9670
9671 /* define a preprocessor symbol. A value can also be provided with the '=' operator */
9672 void tcc_define_symbol(TCCState *s1, const char *sym, const char *value)
9673 {
9674     BufferedFile bf1, *bf = &bf1;
9675
9676     pstrcpy(bf->buffer, IO_BUF_SIZE, sym);
9677     pstrcat(bf->buffer, IO_BUF_SIZE, " ");
9678     /* default value */
9679     if (!value)
9680         value = "1";
9681     pstrcat(bf->buffer, IO_BUF_SIZE, value);
9682
9683     /* init file structure */
9684     bf->fd = -1;
9685     bf->buf_ptr = bf->buffer;
9686     bf->buf_end = bf->buffer + strlen(bf->buffer);
9687     *bf->buf_end = CH_EOB;
9688     bf->filename[0] = '\0';
9689     bf->line_num = 1;
9690     file = bf;
9691
9692     s1->include_stack_ptr = s1->include_stack;
9693
9694     /* parse with define parser */
9695     ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
9696     next_nomacro();
9697     parse_define();
9698     file = NULL;
9699 }
9700
9701 /* undefine a preprocessor symbol */
9702 void tcc_undefine_symbol(TCCState *s1, const char *sym)
9703 {
9704     TokenSym *ts;
9705     Sym *s;
9706     ts = tok_alloc(sym, strlen(sym));
9707     s = define_find(ts->tok);
9708     /* undefine symbol by putting an invalid name */
9709     if (s)
9710         define_undef(s);
9711 }
9712
9713 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
9714
9715 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
9716 #include "i386-asm.c"
9717 #endif
9718 #include "tccasm.c"
9719
9720 #else
9721 static void asm_instr(void)
9722 {
9723     error("inline asm() not supported");
9724 }
9725 static void asm_global_instr(void)
9726 {
9727     error("inline asm() not supported");
9728 }
9729 #endif
9730
9731 #include "tccelf.c"
9732
9733 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_COFF
9734 #include "tcccoff.c"
9735 #endif
9736
9737 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
9738 #include "tccpe.c"
9739 #endif
9740
9741 /* print the position in the source file of PC value 'pc' by reading
9742    the stabs debug information */
9743 static void rt_printline(unsigned long wanted_pc)
9744 {
9745     Stab_Sym *sym, *sym_end;
9746     char func_name[128], last_func_name[128];
9747     unsigned long func_addr, last_pc, pc;
9748     const char *incl_files[INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE];
9749     int incl_index, len, last_line_num, i;
9750     const char *str, *p;
9751
9752     fprintf(stderr, "0x%08lx:", wanted_pc);
9753
9754     func_name[0] = '\0';
9755     func_addr = 0;
9756     incl_index = 0;
9757     last_func_name[0] = '\0';
9758     last_pc = 0xffffffff;
9759     last_line_num = 1;
9760     sym = (Stab_Sym *)stab_section->data + 1;
9761     sym_end = (Stab_Sym *)(stab_section->data + stab_section->data_offset);
9762     while (sym < sym_end) {
9763         switch(sym->n_type) {
9764             /* function start or end */
9765         case N_FUN:
9766             if (sym->n_strx == 0) {
9767                 /* we test if between last line and end of function */
9768                 pc = sym->n_value + func_addr;
9769                 if (wanted_pc >= last_pc && wanted_pc < pc)
9770                     goto found;
9771                 func_name[0] = '\0';
9772                 func_addr = 0;
9773             } else {
9774                 str = stabstr_section->data + sym->n_strx;
9775                 p = strchr(str, ':');
9776                 if (!p) {
9777                     pstrcpy(func_name, sizeof(func_name), str);
9778                 } else {
9779                     len = p - str;
9780                     if (len > sizeof(func_name) - 1)
9781                         len = sizeof(func_name) - 1;
9782                     memcpy(func_name, str, len);
9783                     func_name[len] = '\0';
9784                 }
9785                 func_addr = sym->n_value;
9786             }
9787             break;
9788             /* line number info */
9789         case N_SLINE:
9790             pc = sym->n_value + func_addr;
9791             if (wanted_pc >= last_pc && wanted_pc < pc)
9792                 goto found;
9793             last_pc = pc;
9794             last_line_num = sym->n_desc;
9795             /* XXX: slow! */
9796             strcpy(last_func_name, func_name);
9797             break;
9798             /* include files */
9799         case N_BINCL:
9800             str = stabstr_section->data + sym->n_strx;
9801         add_incl:
9802             if (incl_index < INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE) {
9803                 incl_files[incl_index++] = str;
9804             }
9805             break;
9806         case N_EINCL:
9807             if (incl_index > 1)
9808                 incl_index--;
9809             break;
9810         case N_SO:
9811             if (sym->n_strx == 0) {
9812                 incl_index = 0; /* end of translation unit */
9813             } else {
9814                 str = stabstr_section->data + sym->n_strx;
9815                 /* do not add path */
9816                 len = strlen(str);
9817                 if (len > 0 && str[len - 1] != '/')
9818                     goto add_incl;
9819             }
9820             break;
9821         }
9822         sym++;
9823     }
9824
9825     /* second pass: we try symtab symbols (no line number info) */
9826     incl_index = 0;
9827     {
9828         Elf32_Sym *sym, *sym_end;
9829         int type;
9830
9831         sym_end = (Elf32_Sym *)(symtab_section->data + symtab_section->data_offset);
9832         for(sym = (Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data + 1;
9833             sym < sym_end;
9834             sym++) {
9835             type = ELF32_ST_TYPE(sym->st_info);
9836             if (type == STT_FUNC) {
9837                 if (wanted_pc >= sym->st_value &&
9838                     wanted_pc < sym->st_value + sym->st_size) {
9839                     pstrcpy(last_func_name, sizeof(last_func_name),
9840                             strtab_section->data + sym->st_name);
9841                     goto found;
9842                 }
9843             }
9844         }
9845     }
9846     /* did not find any info: */
9847     fprintf(stderr, " ???\n");
9848     return;
9849  found:
9850     if (last_func_name[0] != '\0') {
9851         fprintf(stderr, " %s()", last_func_name);
9852     }
9853     if (incl_index > 0) {
9854         fprintf(stderr, " (%s:%d",
9855                 incl_files[incl_index - 1], last_line_num);
9856         for(i = incl_index - 2; i >= 0; i--)
9857             fprintf(stderr, ", included from %s", incl_files[i]);
9858         fprintf(stderr, ")");
9859     }
9860     fprintf(stderr, "\n");
9861 }
9862
9863 #if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(CONFIG_TCCBOOT)
9864
9865 #ifdef __i386__
9866
9867 /* fix for glibc 2.1 */
9868 #ifndef REG_EIP
9869 #define REG_EIP EIP
9870 #define REG_EBP EBP
9871 #endif
9872
9873 /* return the PC at frame level 'level'. Return non zero if not found */
9874 static int rt_get_caller_pc(unsigned long *paddr,
9875                             ucontext_t *uc, int level)
9876 {
9877     unsigned long fp;
9878     int i;
9879
9880     if (level == 0) {
9881 #if defined(__FreeBSD__)
9882         *paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.mc_eip;
9883 #elif defined(__dietlibc__)
9884         *paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.eip;
9885 #else
9886         *paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.gregs[REG_EIP];
9887 #endif
9888         return 0;
9889     } else {
9890 #if defined(__FreeBSD__)
9891         fp = uc->uc_mcontext.mc_ebp;
9892 #elif defined(__dietlibc__)
9893         fp = uc->uc_mcontext.ebp;
9894 #else
9895         fp = uc->uc_mcontext.gregs[REG_EBP];
9896 #endif
9897         for(i=1;i<level;i++) {
9898             /* XXX: check address validity with program info */
9899             if (fp <= 0x1000 || fp >= 0xc0000000)
9900                 return -1;
9901             fp = ((unsigned long *)fp)[0];
9902         }
9903         *paddr = ((unsigned long *)fp)[1];
9904         return 0;
9905     }
9906 }
9907 #else
9908
9909 #warning add arch specific rt_get_caller_pc()
9910
9911 static int rt_get_caller_pc(unsigned long *paddr,
9912                             ucontext_t *uc, int level)
9913 {
9914     return -1;
9915 }
9916 #endif
9917
9918 /* emit a run time error at position 'pc' */
9919 void rt_error(ucontext_t *uc, const char *fmt, ...)
9920 {
9921     va_list ap;
9922     unsigned long pc;
9923     int i;
9924
9925     va_start(ap, fmt);
9926     fprintf(stderr, "Runtime error: ");
9927     vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
9928     fprintf(stderr, "\n");
9929     for(i=0;i<num_callers;i++) {
9930         if (rt_get_caller_pc(&pc, uc, i) < 0)
9931             break;
9932         if (i == 0)
9933             fprintf(stderr, "at ");
9934         else
9935             fprintf(stderr, "by ");
9936         rt_printline(pc);
9937     }
9938     exit(255);
9939     va_end(ap);
9940 }
9941
9942 /* signal handler for fatal errors */
9943 static void sig_error(int signum, siginfo_t *siginf, void *puc)
9944 {
9945     ucontext_t *uc = puc;
9946
9947     switch(signum) {
9948     case SIGFPE:
9949         switch(siginf->si_code) {
9950         case FPE_INTDIV:
9951         case FPE_FLTDIV:
9952             rt_error(uc, "division by zero");
9953             break;
9954         default:
9955             rt_error(uc, "floating point exception");
9956             break;
9957         }
9958         break;
9959     case SIGBUS:
9960     case SIGSEGV:
9961         if (rt_bound_error_msg && *rt_bound_error_msg)
9962             rt_error(uc, *rt_bound_error_msg);
9963         else
9964             rt_error(uc, "dereferencing invalid pointer");
9965         break;
9966     case SIGILL:
9967         rt_error(uc, "illegal instruction");
9968         break;
9969     case SIGABRT:
9970         rt_error(uc, "abort() called");
9971         break;
9972     default:
9973         rt_error(uc, "caught signal %d", signum);
9974         break;
9975     }
9976     exit(255);
9977 }
9978 #endif
9979
9980 /* do all relocations (needed before using tcc_get_symbol()) */
9981 int tcc_relocate(TCCState *s1)
9982 {
9983     Section *s;
9984     int i;
9985
9986     s1->nb_errors = 0;
9987
9988 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
9989     pe_add_runtime(s1);
9990 #else
9991     tcc_add_runtime(s1);
9992 #endif
9993
9994     relocate_common_syms();
9995
9996     tcc_add_linker_symbols(s1);
9997 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
9998     build_got_entries(s1);
9999 #endif
10000     /* compute relocation address : section are relocated in place. We
10001        also alloc the bss space */
10002     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
10003         s = s1->sections[i];
10004         if (s->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) {
10005             if (s->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)
10006                 s->data = tcc_mallocz(s->data_offset);
10007             s->sh_addr = (unsigned long)s->data;
10008         }
10009     }
10010
10011     relocate_syms(s1, 1);
10012
10013     if (s1->nb_errors != 0)
10014         return -1;
10015
10016     /* relocate each section */
10017     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
10018         s = s1->sections[i];
10019         if (s->reloc)
10020             relocate_section(s1, s);
10021     }
10022
10023     /* mark executable sections as executable in memory */
10024     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
10025         s = s1->sections[i];
10026         if ((s->sh_flags & (SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR)) ==
10027             (SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR))
10028             set_pages_executable(s->data, s->data_offset);
10029     }
10030     return 0;
10031 }
10032
10033 /* launch the compiled program with the given arguments */
10034 int tcc_run(TCCState *s1, int argc, char **argv)
10035 {
10036     int (*prog_main)(int, char **);
10037
10038     if (tcc_relocate(s1) < 0)
10039         return -1;
10040
10041     prog_main = tcc_get_symbol_err(s1, "main");
10042
10043     if (do_debug) {
10044 #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(CONFIG_TCCBOOT)
10045         error("debug mode currently not available for Windows");
10046 #else
10047         struct sigaction sigact;
10048         /* install TCC signal handlers to print debug info on fatal
10049            runtime errors */
10050         sigact.sa_flags = SA_SIGINFO | SA_RESETHAND;
10051         sigact.sa_sigaction = sig_error;
10052         sigemptyset(&sigact.sa_mask);
10053         sigaction(SIGFPE, &sigact, NULL);
10054         sigaction(SIGILL, &sigact, NULL);
10055         sigaction(SIGSEGV, &sigact, NULL);
10056         sigaction(SIGBUS, &sigact, NULL);
10057         sigaction(SIGABRT, &sigact, NULL);
10058 #endif
10059     }
10060
10061 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10062     if (do_bounds_check) {
10063         void (*bound_init)(void);
10064
10065         /* set error function */
10066         rt_bound_error_msg = (void *)tcc_get_symbol_err(s1,
10067                                                         "__bound_error_msg");
10068
10069         /* XXX: use .init section so that it also work in binary ? */
10070         bound_init = (void *)tcc_get_symbol_err(s1, "__bound_init");
10071         bound_init();
10072     }
10073 #endif
10074     return (*prog_main)(argc, argv);
10075 }
10076
10077 void tcc_memstats(void)
10078 {
10079 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
10080     printf("memory in use: %d\n", mem_cur_size);
10081 #endif
10082 }
10083
10084 static void tcc_cleanup(void)
10085 {
10086     int i, n;
10087
10088     if (NULL == tcc_state)
10089         return;
10090     tcc_state = NULL;
10091
10092     /* free -D defines */
10093     free_defines(NULL);
10094
10095     /* free tokens */
10096     n = tok_ident - TOK_IDENT;
10097     for(i = 0; i < n; i++)
10098         tcc_free(table_ident[i]);
10099     tcc_free(table_ident);
10100
10101     /* free sym_pools */
10102     dynarray_reset(&sym_pools, &nb_sym_pools);
10103     /* string buffer */
10104     cstr_free(&tokcstr);
10105     /* reset symbol stack */
10106     sym_free_first = NULL;
10107     /* cleanup from error/setjmp */
10108     macro_ptr = NULL;
10109 }
10110
10111 TCCState *tcc_new(void)
10112 {
10113     const char *p, *r;
10114     TCCState *s;
10115     TokenSym *ts;
10116     int i, c;
10117
10118     tcc_cleanup();
10119
10120     s = tcc_mallocz(sizeof(TCCState));
10121     if (!s)
10122         return NULL;
10123     tcc_state = s;
10124     s->output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY;
10125
10126     /* init isid table */
10127     for(i=CH_EOF;i<256;i++)
10128         isidnum_table[i-CH_EOF] = isid(i) || isnum(i);
10129
10130     /* add all tokens */
10131     table_ident = NULL;
10132     memset(hash_ident, 0, TOK_HASH_SIZE * sizeof(TokenSym *));
10133
10134     tok_ident = TOK_IDENT;
10135     p = tcc_keywords;
10136     while (*p) {
10137         r = p;
10138         for(;;) {
10139             c = *r++;
10140             if (c == '\0')
10141                 break;
10142         }
10143         ts = tok_alloc(p, r - p - 1);
10144         p = r;
10145     }
10146
10147     /* we add dummy defines for some special macros to speed up tests
10148        and to have working defined() */
10149     define_push(TOK___LINE__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10150     define_push(TOK___FILE__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10151     define_push(TOK___DATE__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10152     define_push(TOK___TIME__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10153
10154     /* standard defines */
10155     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__STDC__", NULL);
10156     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__STDC_VERSION__", "199901L");
10157 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386)
10158     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__i386__", NULL);
10159 #endif
10160 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
10161     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__ARM_ARCH_4__", NULL);
10162     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm_elf__", NULL);
10163     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm_elf", NULL);
10164     tcc_define_symbol(s, "arm_elf", NULL);
10165     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm__", NULL);
10166     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm", NULL);
10167     tcc_define_symbol(s, "arm", NULL);
10168     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__APCS_32__", NULL);
10169 #endif
10170 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10171     tcc_define_symbol(s, "_WIN32", NULL);
10172 #else
10173     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__unix__", NULL);
10174     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__unix", NULL);
10175 #if defined(__linux)
10176     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__linux__", NULL);
10177     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__linux", NULL);
10178 #endif
10179 #endif
10180     /* tiny C specific defines */
10181     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__TINYC__", NULL);
10182
10183     /* tiny C & gcc defines */
10184     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__SIZE_TYPE__", "unsigned int");
10185     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__PTRDIFF_TYPE__", "int");
10186 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10187     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__WCHAR_TYPE__", "unsigned short");
10188 #else
10189     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__WCHAR_TYPE__", "int");
10190 #endif
10191
10192 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
10193     /* default library paths */
10194     tcc_add_library_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/local/lib");
10195     tcc_add_library_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/lib");
10196     tcc_add_library_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/lib");
10197 #endif
10198
10199     /* no section zero */
10200     dynarray_add((void ***)&s->sections, &s->nb_sections, NULL);
10201
10202     /* create standard sections */
10203     text_section = new_section(s, ".text", SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR);
10204     data_section = new_section(s, ".data", SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE);
10205     bss_section = new_section(s, ".bss", SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE);
10206
10207     /* symbols are always generated for linking stage */
10208     symtab_section = new_symtab(s, ".symtab", SHT_SYMTAB, 0,
10209                                 ".strtab",
10210                                 ".hashtab", SHF_PRIVATE);
10211     strtab_section = symtab_section->link;
10212
10213     /* private symbol table for dynamic symbols */
10214     s->dynsymtab_section = new_symtab(s, ".dynsymtab", SHT_SYMTAB, SHF_PRIVATE,
10215                                       ".dynstrtab",
10216                                       ".dynhashtab", SHF_PRIVATE);
10217     s->alacarte_link = 1;
10218
10219 #ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
10220     s->char_is_unsigned = 1;
10221 #endif
10222 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_PE) && 0
10223     /* XXX: currently the PE linker is not ready to support that */
10224     s->leading_underscore = 1;
10225 #endif
10226     return s;
10227 }
10228
10229 void tcc_delete(TCCState *s1)
10230 {
10231     int i;
10232
10233     tcc_cleanup();
10234
10235     /* free all sections */
10236     free_section(s1->dynsymtab_section);
10237
10238     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++)
10239         free_section(s1->sections[i]);
10240     tcc_free(s1->sections);
10241
10242     /* free any loaded DLLs */
10243     for ( i = 0; i < s1->nb_loaded_dlls; i++)
10244     {
10245         DLLReference *ref = s1->loaded_dlls[i];
10246         if ( ref->handle )
10247             dlclose(ref->handle);
10248     }
10249
10250     /* free loaded dlls array */
10251     dynarray_reset(&s1->loaded_dlls, &s1->nb_loaded_dlls);
10252
10253     /* free library paths */
10254     dynarray_reset(&s1->library_paths, &s1->nb_library_paths);
10255
10256     /* free include paths */
10257     dynarray_reset(&s1->cached_includes, &s1->nb_cached_includes);
10258     dynarray_reset(&s1->include_paths, &s1->nb_include_paths);
10259     dynarray_reset(&s1->sysinclude_paths, &s1->nb_sysinclude_paths);
10260
10261     tcc_free(s1);
10262 }
10263
10264 int tcc_add_include_path(TCCState *s1, const char *pathname)
10265 {
10266     char *pathname1;
10267
10268     pathname1 = tcc_strdup(pathname);
10269     dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->include_paths, &s1->nb_include_paths, pathname1);
10270     return 0;
10271 }
10272
10273 int tcc_add_sysinclude_path(TCCState *s1, const char *pathname)
10274 {
10275     char *pathname1;
10276
10277     pathname1 = tcc_strdup(pathname);
10278     dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->sysinclude_paths, &s1->nb_sysinclude_paths, pathname1);
10279     return 0;
10280 }
10281
10282 static int tcc_add_file_internal(TCCState *s1, const char *filename, int flags)
10283 {
10284     const char *ext;
10285     Elf32_Ehdr ehdr;
10286     int fd, ret;
10287     BufferedFile *saved_file;
10288
10289     /* find source file type with extension */
10290     ext = tcc_fileextension(filename);
10291     if (ext[0])
10292         ext++;
10293
10294     /* open the file */
10295     saved_file = file;
10296     file = tcc_open(s1, filename);
10297     if (!file) {
10298         if (flags & AFF_PRINT_ERROR) {
10299             error_noabort("file '%s' not found", filename);
10300         }
10301         ret = -1;
10302         goto fail1;
10303     }
10304
10305     if (flags & AFF_PREPROCESS) {
10306         ret = tcc_preprocess(s1);
10307     } else if (!ext[0] || !strcmp(ext, "c")) {
10308         /* C file assumed */
10309         ret = tcc_compile(s1);
10310     } else
10311 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
10312     if (!strcmp(ext, "S")) {
10313         /* preprocessed assembler */
10314         ret = tcc_assemble(s1, 1);
10315     } else if (!strcmp(ext, "s")) {
10316         /* non preprocessed assembler */
10317         ret = tcc_assemble(s1, 0);
10318     } else
10319 #endif
10320 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10321     if (!strcmp(ext, "def")) {
10322         ret = pe_load_def_file(s1, file->fd);
10323     } else
10324 #endif
10325     {
10326         fd = file->fd;
10327         /* assume executable format: auto guess file type */
10328         ret = read(fd, &ehdr, sizeof(ehdr));
10329         lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET);
10330         if (ret <= 0) {
10331             error_noabort("could not read header");
10332             goto fail;
10333         } else if (ret != sizeof(ehdr)) {
10334             goto try_load_script;
10335         }
10336
10337         if (ehdr.e_ident[0] == ELFMAG0 &&
10338             ehdr.e_ident[1] == ELFMAG1 &&
10339             ehdr.e_ident[2] == ELFMAG2 &&
10340             ehdr.e_ident[3] == ELFMAG3) {
10341             file->line_num = 0; /* do not display line number if error */
10342             if (ehdr.e_type == ET_REL) {
10343                 ret = tcc_load_object_file(s1, fd, 0);
10344             } else if (ehdr.e_type == ET_DYN) {
10345                 if (s1->output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY) {
10346 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10347                     ret = -1;
10348 #else
10349                     void *h;
10350                     h = dlopen(filename, RTLD_GLOBAL | RTLD_LAZY);
10351                     if (h)
10352                         ret = 0;
10353                     else
10354                         ret = -1;
10355 #endif
10356                 } else {
10357                     ret = tcc_load_dll(s1, fd, filename,
10358                                        (flags & AFF_REFERENCED_DLL) != 0);
10359                 }
10360             } else {
10361                 error_noabort("unrecognized ELF file");
10362                 goto fail;
10363             }
10364         } else if (memcmp((char *)&ehdr, ARMAG, 8) == 0) {
10365             file->line_num = 0; /* do not display line number if error */
10366             ret = tcc_load_archive(s1, fd);
10367         } else
10368 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_COFF
10369         if (*(uint16_t *)(&ehdr) == COFF_C67_MAGIC) {
10370             ret = tcc_load_coff(s1, fd);
10371         } else
10372 #endif
10373 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10374         if (pe_test_res_file(&ehdr, ret)) {
10375             ret = pe_load_res_file(s1, fd);
10376         } else
10377 #endif
10378         {
10379             /* as GNU ld, consider it is an ld script if not recognized */
10380         try_load_script:
10381             ret = tcc_load_ldscript(s1);
10382             if (ret < 0) {
10383                 error_noabort("unrecognized file type");
10384                 goto fail;
10385             }
10386         }
10387     }
10388  the_end:
10389     tcc_close(file);
10390  fail1:
10391     file = saved_file;
10392     return ret;
10393  fail:
10394     ret = -1;
10395     goto the_end;
10396 }
10397
10398 int tcc_add_file(TCCState *s, const char *filename)
10399 {
10400     return tcc_add_file_internal(s, filename, AFF_PRINT_ERROR);
10401 }
10402
10403 int tcc_add_library_path(TCCState *s, const char *pathname)
10404 {
10405     char *pathname1;
10406
10407     pathname1 = tcc_strdup(pathname);
10408     dynarray_add((void ***)&s->library_paths, &s->nb_library_paths, pathname1);
10409     return 0;
10410 }
10411
10412 /* find and load a dll. Return non zero if not found */
10413 /* XXX: add '-rpath' option support ? */
10414 static int tcc_add_dll(TCCState *s, const char *filename, int flags)
10415 {
10416     char buf[1024];
10417     int i;
10418
10419     for(i = 0; i < s->nb_library_paths; i++) {
10420         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/%s",
10421                  s->library_paths[i], filename);
10422         if (tcc_add_file_internal(s, buf, flags) == 0)
10423             return 0;
10424     }
10425     return -1;
10426 }
10427
10428 /* the library name is the same as the argument of the '-l' option */
10429 int tcc_add_library(TCCState *s, const char *libraryname)
10430 {
10431     char buf[1024];
10432     int i;
10433
10434     /* first we look for the dynamic library if not static linking */
10435     if (!s->static_link) {
10436 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10437         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s.def", libraryname);
10438 #else
10439         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "lib%s.so", libraryname);
10440 #endif
10441         if (tcc_add_dll(s, buf, 0) == 0)
10442             return 0;
10443     }
10444
10445     /* then we look for the static library */
10446     for(i = 0; i < s->nb_library_paths; i++) {
10447         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/lib%s.a",
10448                  s->library_paths[i], libraryname);
10449         if (tcc_add_file_internal(s, buf, 0) == 0)
10450             return 0;
10451     }
10452     return -1;
10453 }
10454
10455 int tcc_add_symbol(TCCState *s, const char *name, unsigned long val)
10456 {
10457     add_elf_sym(symtab_section, val, 0,
10458                 ELF32_ST_INFO(STB_GLOBAL, STT_NOTYPE), 0,
10459                 SHN_ABS, name);
10460     return 0;
10461 }
10462
10463 int tcc_set_output_type(TCCState *s, int output_type)
10464 {
10465     char buf[1024];
10466
10467     s->output_type = output_type;
10468
10469     if (!s->nostdinc) {
10470         /* default include paths */
10471         /* XXX: reverse order needed if -isystem support */
10472 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
10473         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/local/include");
10474         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/include");
10475 #endif
10476         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/include", tcc_lib_path);
10477         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, buf);
10478 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10479         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/include/winapi", tcc_lib_path);
10480         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, buf);
10481 #endif
10482     }
10483
10484     /* if bound checking, then add corresponding sections */
10485 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10486     if (do_bounds_check) {
10487         /* define symbol */
10488         tcc_define_symbol(s, "__BOUNDS_CHECKING_ON", NULL);
10489         /* create bounds sections */
10490         bounds_section = new_section(s, ".bounds",
10491                                      SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC);
10492         lbounds_section = new_section(s, ".lbounds",
10493                                       SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC);
10494     }
10495 #endif
10496
10497     if (s->char_is_unsigned) {
10498         tcc_define_symbol(s, "__CHAR_UNSIGNED__", NULL);
10499     }
10500
10501     /* add debug sections */
10502     if (do_debug) {
10503         /* stab symbols */
10504         stab_section = new_section(s, ".stab", SHT_PROGBITS, 0);
10505         stab_section->sh_entsize = sizeof(Stab_Sym);
10506         stabstr_section = new_section(s, ".stabstr", SHT_STRTAB, 0);
10507         put_elf_str(stabstr_section, "");
10508         stab_section->link = stabstr_section;
10509         /* put first entry */
10510         put_stabs("", 0, 0, 0, 0);
10511     }
10512
10513     /* add libc crt1/crti objects */
10514 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
10515     if ((output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_EXE || output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_DLL) &&
10516         !s->nostdlib) {
10517         if (output_type != TCC_OUTPUT_DLL)
10518             tcc_add_file(s, CONFIG_TCC_CRT_PREFIX "/crt1.o");
10519         tcc_add_file(s, CONFIG_TCC_CRT_PREFIX "/crti.o");
10520     }
10521 #endif
10522
10523 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10524     snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/lib", tcc_lib_path);
10525     tcc_add_library_path(s, buf);
10526 #endif
10527
10528     return 0;
10529 }
10530
10531 #define WD_ALL    0x0001 /* warning is activated when using -Wall */
10532 #define FD_INVERT 0x0002 /* invert value before storing */
10533
10534 typedef struct FlagDef {
10535     uint16_t offset;
10536     uint16_t flags;
10537     const char *name;
10538 } FlagDef;
10539
10540 static const FlagDef warning_defs[] = {
10541     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_unsupported), 0, "unsupported" },
10542     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_write_strings), 0, "write-strings" },
10543     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_error), 0, "error" },
10544     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_implicit_function_declaration), WD_ALL,
10545       "implicit-function-declaration" },
10546 };
10547
10548 static int set_flag(TCCState *s, const FlagDef *flags, int nb_flags,
10549                     const char *name, int value)
10550 {
10551     int i;
10552     const FlagDef *p;
10553     const char *r;
10554
10555     r = name;
10556     if (r[0] == 'n' && r[1] == 'o' && r[2] == '-') {
10557         r += 3;
10558         value = !value;
10559     }
10560     for(i = 0, p = flags; i < nb_flags; i++, p++) {
10561         if (!strcmp(r, p->name))
10562             goto found;
10563     }
10564     return -1;
10565  found:
10566     if (p->flags & FD_INVERT)
10567         value = !value;
10568     *(int *)((uint8_t *)s + p->offset) = value;
10569     return 0;
10570 }
10571
10572
10573 /* set/reset a warning */
10574 int tcc_set_warning(TCCState *s, const char *warning_name, int value)
10575 {
10576     int i;
10577     const FlagDef *p;
10578
10579     if (!strcmp(warning_name, "all")) {
10580         for(i = 0, p = warning_defs; i < countof(warning_defs); i++, p++) {
10581             if (p->flags & WD_ALL)
10582                 *(int *)((uint8_t *)s + p->offset) = 1;
10583         }
10584         return 0;
10585     } else {
10586         return set_flag(s, warning_defs, countof(warning_defs),
10587                         warning_name, value);
10588     }
10589 }
10590
10591 static const FlagDef flag_defs[] = {
10592     { offsetof(TCCState, char_is_unsigned), 0, "unsigned-char" },
10593     { offsetof(TCCState, char_is_unsigned), FD_INVERT, "signed-char" },
10594     { offsetof(TCCState, nocommon), FD_INVERT, "common" },
10595     { offsetof(TCCState, leading_underscore), 0, "leading-underscore" },
10596 };
10597
10598 /* set/reset a flag */
10599 int tcc_set_flag(TCCState *s, const char *flag_name, int value)
10600 {
10601     return set_flag(s, flag_defs, countof(flag_defs),
10602                     flag_name, value);
10603 }
10604
10605 #if !defined(LIBTCC)
10606
10607 static int64_t getclock_us(void)
10608 {
10609 #ifdef _WIN32
10610     struct _timeb tb;
10611     _ftime(&tb);
10612     return (tb.time * 1000LL + tb.millitm) * 1000LL;
10613 #else
10614     struct timeval tv;
10615     gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
10616     return tv.tv_sec * 1000000LL + tv.tv_usec;
10617 #endif
10618 }
10619
10620 void help(void)
10621 {
10622     printf("tcc version " TCC_VERSION " - Tiny C Compiler - Copyright (C) 2001-2006 Fabrice Bellard\n"
10623            "usage: tcc [-v] [-c] [-o outfile] [-Bdir] [-bench] [-Idir] [-Dsym[=val]] [-Usym]\n"
10624            "           [-Wwarn] [-g] [-b] [-bt N] [-Ldir] [-llib] [-shared] [-soname name]\n"
10625            "           [-static] [infile1 infile2...] [-run infile args...]\n"
10626            "\n"
10627            "General options:\n"
10628            "  -v          display current version, increase verbosity\n"
10629            "  -c          compile only - generate an object file\n"
10630            "  -o outfile  set output filename\n"
10631            "  -Bdir       set tcc internal library path\n"
10632            "  -bench      output compilation statistics\n"
10633            "  -run        run compiled source\n"
10634            "  -fflag      set or reset (with 'no-' prefix) 'flag' (see man page)\n"
10635            "  -Wwarning   set or reset (with 'no-' prefix) 'warning' (see man page)\n"
10636            "  -w          disable all warnings\n"
10637            "Preprocessor options:\n"
10638            "  -E          preprocess only\n"
10639            "  -Idir       add include path 'dir'\n"
10640            "  -Dsym[=val] define 'sym' with value 'val'\n"
10641            "  -Usym       undefine 'sym'\n"
10642            "Linker options:\n"
10643            "  -Ldir       add library path 'dir'\n"
10644            "  -llib       link with dynamic or static library 'lib'\n"
10645            "  -shared     generate a shared library\n"
10646            "  -soname     set name for shared library to be used at runtime\n"
10647            "  -static     static linking\n"
10648            "  -rdynamic   export all global symbols to dynamic linker\n"
10649            "  -r          generate (relocatable) object file\n"
10650            "Debugger options:\n"
10651            "  -g          generate runtime debug info\n"
10652 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10653            "  -b          compile with built-in memory and bounds checker (implies -g)\n"
10654 #endif
10655            "  -bt N       show N callers in stack traces\n"
10656            );
10657 }
10658
10659 #define TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG 0x0001
10660 #define TCC_OPTION_NOSEP   0x0002 /* cannot have space before option and arg */
10661
10662 typedef struct TCCOption {
10663     const char *name;
10664     uint16_t index;
10665     uint16_t flags;
10666 } TCCOption;
10667
10668 enum {
10669     TCC_OPTION_HELP,
10670     TCC_OPTION_I,
10671     TCC_OPTION_D,
10672     TCC_OPTION_U,
10673     TCC_OPTION_L,
10674     TCC_OPTION_B,
10675     TCC_OPTION_l,
10676     TCC_OPTION_bench,
10677     TCC_OPTION_bt,
10678     TCC_OPTION_b,
10679     TCC_OPTION_g,
10680     TCC_OPTION_c,
10681     TCC_OPTION_static,
10682     TCC_OPTION_shared,
10683     TCC_OPTION_soname,
10684     TCC_OPTION_o,
10685     TCC_OPTION_r,
10686     TCC_OPTION_Wl,
10687     TCC_OPTION_W,
10688     TCC_OPTION_O,
10689     TCC_OPTION_m,
10690     TCC_OPTION_f,
10691     TCC_OPTION_nostdinc,
10692     TCC_OPTION_nostdlib,
10693     TCC_OPTION_print_search_dirs,
10694     TCC_OPTION_rdynamic,
10695     TCC_OPTION_run,
10696     TCC_OPTION_v,
10697     TCC_OPTION_w,
10698     TCC_OPTION_pipe,
10699     TCC_OPTION_E,
10700 };
10701
10702 static const TCCOption tcc_options[] = {
10703     { "h", TCC_OPTION_HELP, 0 },
10704     { "?", TCC_OPTION_HELP, 0 },
10705     { "I", TCC_OPTION_I, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10706     { "D", TCC_OPTION_D, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10707     { "U", TCC_OPTION_U, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10708     { "L", TCC_OPTION_L, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10709     { "B", TCC_OPTION_B, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10710     { "l", TCC_OPTION_l, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10711     { "bench", TCC_OPTION_bench, 0 },
10712     { "bt", TCC_OPTION_bt, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10713 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10714     { "b", TCC_OPTION_b, 0 },
10715 #endif
10716     { "g", TCC_OPTION_g, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10717     { "c", TCC_OPTION_c, 0 },
10718     { "static", TCC_OPTION_static, 0 },
10719     { "shared", TCC_OPTION_shared, 0 },
10720     { "soname", TCC_OPTION_soname, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10721     { "o", TCC_OPTION_o, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10722     { "run", TCC_OPTION_run, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10723     { "rdynamic", TCC_OPTION_rdynamic, 0 },
10724     { "r", TCC_OPTION_r, 0 },
10725     { "Wl,", TCC_OPTION_Wl, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10726     { "W", TCC_OPTION_W, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10727     { "O", TCC_OPTION_O, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10728     { "m", TCC_OPTION_m, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10729     { "f", TCC_OPTION_f, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10730     { "nostdinc", TCC_OPTION_nostdinc, 0 },
10731     { "nostdlib", TCC_OPTION_nostdlib, 0 },
10732     { "print-search-dirs", TCC_OPTION_print_search_dirs, 0 },
10733     { "v", TCC_OPTION_v, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10734     { "w", TCC_OPTION_w, 0 },
10735     { "pipe", TCC_OPTION_pipe, 0},
10736     { "E", TCC_OPTION_E, 0},
10737     { NULL },
10738 };
10739
10740 /* convert 'str' into an array of space separated strings */
10741 static int expand_args(char ***pargv, const char *str)
10742 {
10743     const char *s1;
10744     char **argv, *arg;
10745     int argc, len;
10746
10747     argc = 0;
10748     argv = NULL;
10749     for(;;) {
10750         while (is_space(*str))
10751             str++;
10752         if (*str == '\0')
10753             break;
10754         s1 = str;
10755         while (*str != '\0' && !is_space(*str))
10756             str++;
10757         len = str - s1;
10758         arg = tcc_malloc(len + 1);
10759         memcpy(arg, s1, len);
10760         arg[len] = '\0';
10761         dynarray_add((void ***)&argv, &argc, arg);
10762     }
10763     *pargv = argv;
10764     return argc;
10765 }
10766
10767 static char **files;
10768 static int nb_files, nb_libraries;
10769 static int multiple_files;
10770 static int print_search_dirs;
10771 static int output_type;
10772 static int reloc_output;
10773 static const char *outfile;
10774
10775 int parse_args(TCCState *s, int argc, char **argv)
10776 {
10777     int optind;
10778     const TCCOption *popt;
10779     const char *optarg, *p1, *r1;
10780     char *r;
10781
10782     optind = 0;
10783     while (optind < argc) {
10784
10785         r = argv[optind++];
10786         if (r[0] != '-' || r[1] == '\0') {
10787             /* add a new file */
10788             dynarray_add((void ***)&files, &nb_files, r);
10789             if (!multiple_files) {
10790                 optind--;
10791                 /* argv[0] will be this file */
10792                 break;
10793             }
10794         } else {
10795             /* find option in table (match only the first chars */
10796             popt = tcc_options;
10797             for(;;) {
10798                 p1 = popt->name;
10799                 if (p1 == NULL)
10800                     error("invalid option -- '%s'", r);
10801                 r1 = r + 1;
10802                 for(;;) {
10803                     if (*p1 == '\0')
10804                         goto option_found;
10805                     if (*r1 != *p1)
10806                         break;
10807                     p1++;
10808                     r1++;
10809                 }
10810                 popt++;
10811             }
10812         option_found:
10813             if (popt->flags & TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG) {
10814                 if (*r1 != '\0' || (popt->flags & TCC_OPTION_NOSEP)) {
10815                     optarg = r1;
10816                 } else {
10817                     if (optind >= argc)
10818                         error("argument to '%s' is missing", r);
10819                     optarg = argv[optind++];
10820                 }
10821             } else {
10822                 if (*r1 != '\0')
10823                     return 0;
10824                 optarg = NULL;
10825             }
10826
10827             switch(popt->index) {
10828             case TCC_OPTION_HELP:
10829                 return 0;
10830
10831             case TCC_OPTION_I:
10832                 if (tcc_add_include_path(s, optarg) < 0)
10833                     error("too many include paths");
10834                 break;
10835             case TCC_OPTION_D:
10836                 {
10837                     char *sym, *value;
10838                     sym = (char *)optarg;
10839                     value = strchr(sym, '=');
10840                     if (value) {
10841                         *value = '\0';
10842                         value++;
10843                     }
10844                     tcc_define_symbol(s, sym, value);
10845                 }
10846                 break;
10847             case TCC_OPTION_U:
10848                 tcc_undefine_symbol(s, optarg);
10849                 break;
10850             case TCC_OPTION_L:
10851                 tcc_add_library_path(s, optarg);
10852                 break;
10853             case TCC_OPTION_B:
10854                 /* set tcc utilities path (mainly for tcc development) */
10855                 tcc_lib_path = optarg;
10856                 break;
10857             case TCC_OPTION_l:
10858                 dynarray_add((void ***)&files, &nb_files, r);
10859                 nb_libraries++;
10860                 break;
10861             case TCC_OPTION_bench:
10862                 do_bench = 1;
10863                 break;
10864             case TCC_OPTION_bt:
10865                 num_callers = atoi(optarg);
10866                 break;
10867 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10868             case TCC_OPTION_b:
10869                 do_bounds_check = 1;
10870                 do_debug = 1;
10871                 break;
10872 #endif
10873             case TCC_OPTION_g:
10874                 do_debug = 1;
10875                 break;
10876             case TCC_OPTION_c:
10877                 multiple_files = 1;
10878                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ;
10879                 break;
10880             case TCC_OPTION_static:
10881                 s->static_link = 1;
10882                 break;
10883             case TCC_OPTION_shared:
10884                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_DLL;
10885                 break;
10886             case TCC_OPTION_soname:
10887                 s->soname = optarg;
10888                 break;
10889             case TCC_OPTION_o:
10890                 multiple_files = 1;
10891                 outfile = optarg;
10892                 break;
10893             case TCC_OPTION_r:
10894                 /* generate a .o merging several output files */
10895                 reloc_output = 1;
10896                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ;
10897                 break;
10898             case TCC_OPTION_nostdinc:
10899                 s->nostdinc = 1;
10900                 break;
10901             case TCC_OPTION_nostdlib:
10902                 s->nostdlib = 1;
10903                 break;
10904             case TCC_OPTION_print_search_dirs:
10905                 print_search_dirs = 1;
10906                 break;
10907             case TCC_OPTION_run:
10908                 {
10909                     int argc1;
10910                     char **argv1;
10911                     argc1 = expand_args(&argv1, optarg);
10912                     if (argc1 > 0) {
10913                         parse_args(s, argc1, argv1);
10914                     }
10915                     multiple_files = 0;
10916                     output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY;
10917                 }
10918                 break;
10919             case TCC_OPTION_v:
10920                 do {
10921                     if (0 == verbose++)
10922                         printf("tcc version %s\n", TCC_VERSION);
10923                 } while (*optarg++ == 'v');
10924                 break;
10925             case TCC_OPTION_f:
10926                 if (tcc_set_flag(s, optarg, 1) < 0 && s->warn_unsupported)
10927                     goto unsupported_option;
10928                 break;
10929             case TCC_OPTION_W:
10930                 if (tcc_set_warning(s, optarg, 1) < 0 &&
10931                     s->warn_unsupported)
10932                     goto unsupported_option;
10933                 break;
10934             case TCC_OPTION_w:
10935                 s->warn_none = 1;
10936                 break;
10937             case TCC_OPTION_rdynamic:
10938                 s->rdynamic = 1;
10939                 break;
10940             case TCC_OPTION_Wl:
10941                 {
10942                     const char *p;
10943                     if (strstart(optarg, "-Ttext,", &p)) {
10944                         s->text_addr = strtoul(p, NULL, 16);
10945                         s->has_text_addr = 1;
10946                     } else if (strstart(optarg, "--oformat,", &p)) {
10947                         if (strstart(p, "elf32-", NULL)) {
10948                             s->output_format = TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_ELF;
10949                         } else if (!strcmp(p, "binary")) {
10950                             s->output_format = TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_BINARY;
10951                         } else
10952 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_COFF
10953                         if (!strcmp(p, "coff")) {
10954                             s->output_format = TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_COFF;
10955                         } else
10956 #endif
10957                         {
10958                             error("target %s not found", p);
10959                         }
10960                     } else {
10961                         error("unsupported linker option '%s'", optarg);
10962                     }
10963                 }
10964                 break;
10965             case TCC_OPTION_E:
10966                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS;
10967                 break;
10968             default:
10969                 if (s->warn_unsupported) {
10970                 unsupported_option:
10971                     warning("unsupported option '%s'", r);
10972                 }
10973                 break;
10974             }
10975         }
10976     }
10977     return optind + 1;
10978 }
10979
10980 int main(int argc, char **argv)
10981 {
10982     int i;
10983     TCCState *s;
10984     int nb_objfiles, ret, optind;
10985     char objfilename[1024];
10986     int64_t start_time = 0;
10987
10988 #ifdef _WIN32
10989     tcc_lib_path = w32_tcc_lib_path();
10990 #endif
10991
10992     s = tcc_new();
10993     output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_EXE;
10994     outfile = NULL;
10995     multiple_files = 1;
10996     files = NULL;
10997     nb_files = 0;
10998     nb_libraries = 0;
10999     reloc_output = 0;
11000     print_search_dirs = 0;
11001     ret = 0;
11002
11003     optind = parse_args(s, argc - 1, argv + 1);
11004     if (print_search_dirs) {
11005         /* enough for Linux kernel */
11006         printf("install: %s/\n", tcc_lib_path);
11007         return 0;
11008     }
11009     if (optind == 0 || nb_files == 0) {
11010         if (optind && verbose)
11011             return 0;
11012         help();
11013         return 1;
11014     }
11015
11016     nb_objfiles = nb_files - nb_libraries;
11017
11018     /* if outfile provided without other options, we output an
11019        executable */
11020     if (outfile && output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY)
11021         output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_EXE;
11022
11023     /* check -c consistency : only single file handled. XXX: checks file type */
11024     if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ && !reloc_output) {
11025         /* accepts only a single input file */
11026         if (nb_objfiles != 1)
11027             error("cannot specify multiple files with -c");
11028         if (nb_libraries != 0)
11029             error("cannot specify libraries with -c");
11030     }
11031
11032
11033     if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS) {
11034         if (!outfile) {
11035             s->outfile = stdout;
11036         } else {
11037             s->outfile = fopen(outfile, "w");
11038             if (!s->outfile)
11039                 error("could not open '%s", outfile);
11040         }
11041     } else if (output_type != TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY) {
11042         if (!outfile) {
11043             /* compute default outfile name */
11044             char *ext;
11045             const char *name =
11046                 strcmp(files[0], "-") == 0 ? "a" : tcc_basename(files[0]);
11047             pstrcpy(objfilename, sizeof(objfilename), name);
11048             ext = tcc_fileextension(objfilename);
11049 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
11050             if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_DLL)
11051                 strcpy(ext, ".dll");
11052             else
11053             if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_EXE)
11054                 strcpy(ext, ".exe");
11055             else
11056 #endif
11057             if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ && !reloc_output && *ext)
11058                 strcpy(ext, ".o");
11059             else
11060                 pstrcpy(objfilename, sizeof(objfilename), "a.out");
11061             outfile = objfilename;
11062         }
11063     }
11064
11065     if (do_bench) {
11066         start_time = getclock_us();
11067     }
11068
11069     tcc_set_output_type(s, output_type);
11070
11071     /* compile or add each files or library */
11072     for(i = 0; i < nb_files && ret == 0; i++) {
11073         const char *filename;
11074
11075         filename = files[i];
11076         if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS) {
11077             if (tcc_add_file_internal(s, filename,
11078                     AFF_PRINT_ERROR | AFF_PREPROCESS) < 0)
11079                 ret = 1;
11080         } else if (filename[0] == '-' && filename[1]) {
11081             if (tcc_add_library(s, filename + 2) < 0)
11082                 error("cannot find %s", filename);
11083         } else {
11084             if (1 == verbose)
11085                 printf("-> %s\n", filename);
11086             if (tcc_add_file(s, filename) < 0)
11087                 ret = 1;
11088         }
11089     }
11090
11091     /* free all files */
11092     tcc_free(files);
11093
11094     if (ret)
11095         goto the_end;
11096
11097     if (do_bench) {
11098         double total_time;
11099         total_time = (double)(getclock_us() - start_time) / 1000000.0;
11100         if (total_time < 0.001)
11101             total_time = 0.001;
11102         if (total_bytes < 1)
11103             total_bytes = 1;
11104         printf("%d idents, %d lines, %d bytes, %0.3f s, %d lines/s, %0.1f MB/s\n",
11105                tok_ident - TOK_IDENT, total_lines, total_bytes,
11106                total_time, (int)(total_lines / total_time),
11107                total_bytes / total_time / 1000000.0);
11108     }
11109
11110     if (s->output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS) {
11111         if (outfile)
11112             fclose(s->outfile);
11113     } else if (s->output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY) {
11114         ret = tcc_run(s, argc - optind, argv + optind);
11115     } else
11116         ret = tcc_output_file(s, outfile) ? 1 : 0;
11117  the_end:
11118     /* XXX: cannot do it with bound checking because of the malloc hooks */
11119     if (!do_bounds_check)
11120         tcc_delete(s);
11121
11122 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
11123     if (do_bench) {
11124         printf("memory: %d bytes, max = %d bytes\n", mem_cur_size, mem_max_size);
11125     }
11126 #endif
11127     return ret;
11128 }
11129
11130 #endif